LCOV - differential code coverage report
Current view: top level - src/backend/postmaster - postmaster.c (source / functions) Coverage Total Hit UNC LBC UIC UBC GBC GIC GNC CBC EUB ECB DUB DCB
Current: Differential Code Coverage HEAD vs 15 Lines: 75.4 % 1490 1124 14 58 248 46 68 707 143 206 216 756 36 104
Current Date: 2023-04-08 17:13:01 Functions: 87.9 % 58 51 7 39 12 7 48 3
Baseline: 15 Line coverage date bins:
Baseline Date: 2023-04-08 15:09:40 (60,120] days: 92.0 % 138 127 9 2 1 5 120 1 12
Legend: Lines: hit not hit (120,180] days: 72.2 % 18 13 5 13
(180,240] days: 100.0 % 4 4 4
(240..) days: 73.7 % 1330 980 58 246 46 67 702 6 205 215 741
Function coverage date bins:
(60,120] days: 100.0 % 10 10 10
(120,180] days: 100.0 % 1 1 1
(180,240] days: 100.0 % 1 1 1
(240..) days: 38.6 % 101 39 7 39 7 48

 Age         Owner                  TLA  Line data    Source code
                                  1                 : /*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                  2                 :  *
                                  3                 :  * postmaster.c
                                  4                 :  *    This program acts as a clearing house for requests to the
                                  5                 :  *    POSTGRES system.  Frontend programs send a startup message
                                  6                 :  *    to the Postmaster and the postmaster uses the info in the
                                  7                 :  *    message to setup a backend process.
                                  8                 :  *
                                  9                 :  *    The postmaster also manages system-wide operations such as
                                 10                 :  *    startup and shutdown. The postmaster itself doesn't do those
                                 11                 :  *    operations, mind you --- it just forks off a subprocess to do them
                                 12                 :  *    at the right times.  It also takes care of resetting the system
                                 13                 :  *    if a backend crashes.
                                 14                 :  *
                                 15                 :  *    The postmaster process creates the shared memory and semaphore
                                 16                 :  *    pools during startup, but as a rule does not touch them itself.
                                 17                 :  *    In particular, it is not a member of the PGPROC array of backends
                                 18                 :  *    and so it cannot participate in lock-manager operations.  Keeping
                                 19                 :  *    the postmaster away from shared memory operations makes it simpler
                                 20                 :  *    and more reliable.  The postmaster is almost always able to recover
                                 21                 :  *    from crashes of individual backends by resetting shared memory;
                                 22                 :  *    if it did much with shared memory then it would be prone to crashing
                                 23                 :  *    along with the backends.
                                 24                 :  *
                                 25                 :  *    When a request message is received, we now fork() immediately.
                                 26                 :  *    The child process performs authentication of the request, and
                                 27                 :  *    then becomes a backend if successful.  This allows the auth code
                                 28                 :  *    to be written in a simple single-threaded style (as opposed to the
                                 29                 :  *    crufty "poor man's multitasking" code that used to be needed).
                                 30                 :  *    More importantly, it ensures that blockages in non-multithreaded
                                 31                 :  *    libraries like SSL or PAM cannot cause denial of service to other
                                 32                 :  *    clients.
                                 33                 :  *
                                 34                 :  *
                                 35                 :  * Portions Copyright (c) 1996-2023, PostgreSQL Global Development Group
                                 36                 :  * Portions Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California
                                 37                 :  *
                                 38                 :  *
                                 39                 :  * IDENTIFICATION
                                 40                 :  *    src/backend/postmaster/postmaster.c
                                 41                 :  *
                                 42                 :  * NOTES
                                 43                 :  *
                                 44                 :  * Initialization:
                                 45                 :  *      The Postmaster sets up shared memory data structures
                                 46                 :  *      for the backends.
                                 47                 :  *
                                 48                 :  * Synchronization:
                                 49                 :  *      The Postmaster shares memory with the backends but should avoid
                                 50                 :  *      touching shared memory, so as not to become stuck if a crashing
                                 51                 :  *      backend screws up locks or shared memory.  Likewise, the Postmaster
                                 52                 :  *      should never block on messages from frontend clients.
                                 53                 :  *
                                 54                 :  * Garbage Collection:
                                 55                 :  *      The Postmaster cleans up after backends if they have an emergency
                                 56                 :  *      exit and/or core dump.
                                 57                 :  *
                                 58                 :  * Error Reporting:
                                 59                 :  *      Use write_stderr() only for reporting "interactive" errors
                                 60                 :  *      (essentially, bogus arguments on the command line).  Once the
                                 61                 :  *      postmaster is launched, use ereport().
                                 62                 :  *
                                 63                 :  *-------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                 64                 :  */
                                 65                 : 
                                 66                 : #include "postgres.h"
                                 67                 : 
                                 68                 : #include <unistd.h>
                                 69                 : #include <signal.h>
                                 70                 : #include <time.h>
                                 71                 : #include <sys/wait.h>
                                 72                 : #include <ctype.h>
                                 73                 : #include <sys/stat.h>
                                 74                 : #include <sys/socket.h>
                                 75                 : #include <fcntl.h>
                                 76                 : #include <sys/param.h>
                                 77                 : #include <netdb.h>
                                 78                 : #include <limits.h>
                                 79                 : 
                                 80                 : #ifdef USE_BONJOUR
                                 81                 : #include <dns_sd.h>
                                 82                 : #endif
                                 83                 : 
                                 84                 : #ifdef USE_SYSTEMD
                                 85                 : #include <systemd/sd-daemon.h>
                                 86                 : #endif
                                 87                 : 
                                 88                 : #ifdef HAVE_PTHREAD_IS_THREADED_NP
                                 89                 : #include <pthread.h>
                                 90                 : #endif
                                 91                 : 
                                 92                 : #include "access/transam.h"
                                 93                 : #include "access/xlog.h"
                                 94                 : #include "access/xlogrecovery.h"
                                 95                 : #include "catalog/pg_control.h"
                                 96                 : #include "common/file_perm.h"
                                 97                 : #include "common/ip.h"
                                 98                 : #include "common/pg_prng.h"
                                 99                 : #include "common/string.h"
                                100                 : #include "lib/ilist.h"
                                101                 : #include "libpq/auth.h"
                                102                 : #include "libpq/libpq.h"
                                103                 : #include "libpq/pqformat.h"
                                104                 : #include "libpq/pqsignal.h"
                                105                 : #include "nodes/queryjumble.h"
                                106                 : #include "pg_getopt.h"
                                107                 : #include "pgstat.h"
                                108                 : #include "port/pg_bswap.h"
                                109                 : #include "postmaster/autovacuum.h"
                                110                 : #include "postmaster/auxprocess.h"
                                111                 : #include "postmaster/bgworker_internals.h"
                                112                 : #include "postmaster/fork_process.h"
                                113                 : #include "postmaster/interrupt.h"
                                114                 : #include "postmaster/pgarch.h"
                                115                 : #include "postmaster/postmaster.h"
                                116                 : #include "postmaster/syslogger.h"
                                117                 : #include "replication/logicallauncher.h"
                                118                 : #include "replication/walsender.h"
                                119                 : #include "storage/fd.h"
                                120                 : #include "storage/ipc.h"
                                121                 : #include "storage/pg_shmem.h"
                                122                 : #include "storage/pmsignal.h"
                                123                 : #include "storage/proc.h"
                                124                 : #include "tcop/tcopprot.h"
                                125                 : #include "utils/builtins.h"
                                126                 : #include "utils/datetime.h"
                                127                 : #include "utils/memutils.h"
                                128                 : #include "utils/pidfile.h"
                                129                 : #include "utils/ps_status.h"
                                130                 : #include "utils/timeout.h"
                                131                 : #include "utils/timestamp.h"
                                132                 : #include "utils/varlena.h"
                                133                 : 
                                134                 : #ifdef EXEC_BACKEND
                                135                 : #include "storage/spin.h"
                                136                 : #endif
                                137                 : 
                                138                 : 
                                139                 : /*
                                140                 :  * Possible types of a backend. Beyond being the possible bkend_type values in
                                141                 :  * struct bkend, these are OR-able request flag bits for SignalSomeChildren()
                                142                 :  * and CountChildren().
                                143                 :  */
                                144                 : #define BACKEND_TYPE_NORMAL     0x0001  /* normal backend */
                                145                 : #define BACKEND_TYPE_AUTOVAC    0x0002  /* autovacuum worker process */
                                146                 : #define BACKEND_TYPE_WALSND     0x0004  /* walsender process */
                                147                 : #define BACKEND_TYPE_BGWORKER   0x0008  /* bgworker process */
                                148                 : #define BACKEND_TYPE_ALL        0x000F  /* OR of all the above */
                                149                 : 
                                150                 : /*
                                151                 :  * List of active backends (or child processes anyway; we don't actually
                                152                 :  * know whether a given child has become a backend or is still in the
                                153                 :  * authorization phase).  This is used mainly to keep track of how many
                                154                 :  * children we have and send them appropriate signals when necessary.
                                155                 :  *
                                156                 :  * As shown in the above set of backend types, this list includes not only
                                157                 :  * "normal" client sessions, but also autovacuum workers, walsenders, and
                                158                 :  * background workers.  (Note that at the time of launch, walsenders are
                                159                 :  * labeled BACKEND_TYPE_NORMAL; we relabel them to BACKEND_TYPE_WALSND
                                160                 :  * upon noticing they've changed their PMChildFlags entry.  Hence that check
                                161                 :  * must be done before any operation that needs to distinguish walsenders
                                162                 :  * from normal backends.)
                                163                 :  *
                                164                 :  * Also, "dead_end" children are in it: these are children launched just for
                                165                 :  * the purpose of sending a friendly rejection message to a would-be client.
                                166                 :  * We must track them because they are attached to shared memory, but we know
                                167                 :  * they will never become live backends.  dead_end children are not assigned a
                                168                 :  * PMChildSlot.  dead_end children have bkend_type NORMAL.
                                169                 :  *
                                170                 :  * "Special" children such as the startup, bgwriter and autovacuum launcher
                                171                 :  * tasks are not in this list.  They are tracked via StartupPID and other
                                172                 :  * pid_t variables below.  (Thus, there can't be more than one of any given
                                173                 :  * "special" child process type.  We use BackendList entries for any child
                                174                 :  * process there can be more than one of.)
                                175                 :  */
                                176                 : typedef struct bkend
                                177                 : {
                                178                 :     pid_t       pid;            /* process id of backend */
                                179                 :     int32       cancel_key;     /* cancel key for cancels for this backend */
                                180                 :     int         child_slot;     /* PMChildSlot for this backend, if any */
                                181                 :     int         bkend_type;     /* child process flavor, see above */
                                182                 :     bool        dead_end;       /* is it going to send an error and quit? */
                                183                 :     bool        bgworker_notify;    /* gets bgworker start/stop notifications */
                                184                 :     dlist_node  elem;           /* list link in BackendList */
                                185                 : } Backend;
                                186                 : 
                                187                 : static dlist_head BackendList = DLIST_STATIC_INIT(BackendList);
                                188                 : 
                                189                 : #ifdef EXEC_BACKEND
                                190                 : static Backend *ShmemBackendArray;
                                191                 : #endif
                                192                 : 
                                193                 : BackgroundWorker *MyBgworkerEntry = NULL;
                                194                 : 
                                195                 : 
                                196                 : 
                                197                 : /* The socket number we are listening for connections on */
                                198                 : int         PostPortNumber = DEF_PGPORT;
                                199                 : 
                                200                 : /* The directory names for Unix socket(s) */
                                201                 : char       *Unix_socket_directories;
                                202                 : 
                                203                 : /* The TCP listen address(es) */
                                204                 : char       *ListenAddresses;
                                205                 : 
                                206                 : /*
                                207                 :  * SuperuserReservedConnections is the number of backends reserved for
                                208                 :  * superuser use, and ReservedConnections is the number of backends reserved
                                209                 :  * for use by roles with privileges of the pg_use_reserved_connections
                                210                 :  * predefined role.  These are taken out of the pool of MaxConnections backend
                                211                 :  * slots, so the number of backend slots available for roles that are neither
                                212                 :  * superuser nor have privileges of pg_use_reserved_connections is
                                213                 :  * (MaxConnections - SuperuserReservedConnections - ReservedConnections).
                                214                 :  *
                                215                 :  * If the number of remaining slots is less than or equal to
                                216                 :  * SuperuserReservedConnections, only superusers can make new connections.  If
                                217                 :  * the number of remaining slots is greater than SuperuserReservedConnections
                                218                 :  * but less than or equal to
                                219                 :  * (SuperuserReservedConnections + ReservedConnections), only superusers and
                                220                 :  * roles with privileges of pg_use_reserved_connections can make new
                                221                 :  * connections.  Note that pre-existing superuser and
                                222                 :  * pg_use_reserved_connections connections don't count against the limits.
                                223                 :  */
                                224                 : int         SuperuserReservedConnections;
                                225                 : int         ReservedConnections;
                                226                 : 
                                227                 : /* The socket(s) we're listening to. */
                                228                 : #define MAXLISTEN   64
                                229                 : static pgsocket ListenSocket[MAXLISTEN];
                                230                 : 
                                231                 : /* still more option variables */
                                232                 : bool        EnableSSL = false;
                                233                 : 
                                234                 : int         PreAuthDelay = 0;
                                235                 : int         AuthenticationTimeout = 60;
                                236                 : 
                                237                 : bool        log_hostname;       /* for ps display and logging */
                                238                 : bool        Log_connections = false;
                                239                 : bool        Db_user_namespace = false;
                                240                 : 
                                241                 : bool        enable_bonjour = false;
                                242                 : char       *bonjour_name;
                                243                 : bool        restart_after_crash = true;
                                244                 : bool        remove_temp_files_after_crash = true;
                                245                 : bool        send_abort_for_crash = false;
                                246                 : bool        send_abort_for_kill = false;
                                247                 : 
                                248                 : /* PIDs of special child processes; 0 when not running */
                                249                 : static pid_t StartupPID = 0,
                                250                 :             BgWriterPID = 0,
                                251                 :             CheckpointerPID = 0,
                                252                 :             WalWriterPID = 0,
                                253                 :             WalReceiverPID = 0,
                                254                 :             AutoVacPID = 0,
                                255                 :             PgArchPID = 0,
                                256                 :             SysLoggerPID = 0;
                                257                 : 
                                258                 : /* Startup process's status */
                                259                 : typedef enum
                                260                 : {
                                261                 :     STARTUP_NOT_RUNNING,
                                262                 :     STARTUP_RUNNING,
                                263                 :     STARTUP_SIGNALED,           /* we sent it a SIGQUIT or SIGKILL */
                                264                 :     STARTUP_CRASHED
                                265                 : } StartupStatusEnum;
                                266                 : 
                                267                 : static StartupStatusEnum StartupStatus = STARTUP_NOT_RUNNING;
                                268                 : 
                                269                 : /* Startup/shutdown state */
                                270                 : #define         NoShutdown      0
                                271                 : #define         SmartShutdown   1
                                272                 : #define         FastShutdown    2
                                273                 : #define         ImmediateShutdown   3
                                274                 : 
                                275                 : static int  Shutdown = NoShutdown;
                                276                 : 
                                277                 : static bool FatalError = false; /* T if recovering from backend crash */
                                278                 : 
                                279                 : /*
                                280                 :  * We use a simple state machine to control startup, shutdown, and
                                281                 :  * crash recovery (which is rather like shutdown followed by startup).
                                282                 :  *
                                283                 :  * After doing all the postmaster initialization work, we enter PM_STARTUP
                                284                 :  * state and the startup process is launched. The startup process begins by
                                285                 :  * reading the control file and other preliminary initialization steps.
                                286                 :  * In a normal startup, or after crash recovery, the startup process exits
                                287                 :  * with exit code 0 and we switch to PM_RUN state.  However, archive recovery
                                288                 :  * is handled specially since it takes much longer and we would like to support
                                289                 :  * hot standby during archive recovery.
                                290                 :  *
                                291                 :  * When the startup process is ready to start archive recovery, it signals the
                                292                 :  * postmaster, and we switch to PM_RECOVERY state. The background writer and
                                293                 :  * checkpointer are launched, while the startup process continues applying WAL.
                                294                 :  * If Hot Standby is enabled, then, after reaching a consistent point in WAL
                                295                 :  * redo, startup process signals us again, and we switch to PM_HOT_STANDBY
                                296                 :  * state and begin accepting connections to perform read-only queries.  When
                                297                 :  * archive recovery is finished, the startup process exits with exit code 0
                                298                 :  * and we switch to PM_RUN state.
                                299                 :  *
                                300                 :  * Normal child backends can only be launched when we are in PM_RUN or
                                301                 :  * PM_HOT_STANDBY state.  (connsAllowed can also restrict launching.)
                                302                 :  * In other states we handle connection requests by launching "dead_end"
                                303                 :  * child processes, which will simply send the client an error message and
                                304                 :  * quit.  (We track these in the BackendList so that we can know when they
                                305                 :  * are all gone; this is important because they're still connected to shared
                                306                 :  * memory, and would interfere with an attempt to destroy the shmem segment,
                                307                 :  * possibly leading to SHMALL failure when we try to make a new one.)
                                308                 :  * In PM_WAIT_DEAD_END state we are waiting for all the dead_end children
                                309                 :  * to drain out of the system, and therefore stop accepting connection
                                310                 :  * requests at all until the last existing child has quit (which hopefully
                                311                 :  * will not be very long).
                                312                 :  *
                                313                 :  * Notice that this state variable does not distinguish *why* we entered
                                314                 :  * states later than PM_RUN --- Shutdown and FatalError must be consulted
                                315                 :  * to find that out.  FatalError is never true in PM_RECOVERY, PM_HOT_STANDBY,
                                316                 :  * or PM_RUN states, nor in PM_SHUTDOWN states (because we don't enter those
                                317                 :  * states when trying to recover from a crash).  It can be true in PM_STARTUP
                                318                 :  * state, because we don't clear it until we've successfully started WAL redo.
                                319                 :  */
                                320                 : typedef enum
                                321                 : {
                                322                 :     PM_INIT,                    /* postmaster starting */
                                323                 :     PM_STARTUP,                 /* waiting for startup subprocess */
                                324                 :     PM_RECOVERY,                /* in archive recovery mode */
                                325                 :     PM_HOT_STANDBY,             /* in hot standby mode */
                                326                 :     PM_RUN,                     /* normal "database is alive" state */
                                327                 :     PM_STOP_BACKENDS,           /* need to stop remaining backends */
                                328                 :     PM_WAIT_BACKENDS,           /* waiting for live backends to exit */
                                329                 :     PM_SHUTDOWN,                /* waiting for checkpointer to do shutdown
                                330                 :                                  * ckpt */
                                331                 :     PM_SHUTDOWN_2,              /* waiting for archiver and walsenders to
                                332                 :                                  * finish */
                                333                 :     PM_WAIT_DEAD_END,           /* waiting for dead_end children to exit */
                                334                 :     PM_NO_CHILDREN              /* all important children have exited */
                                335                 : } PMState;
                                336                 : 
                                337                 : static PMState pmState = PM_INIT;
                                338                 : 
                                339                 : /*
                                340                 :  * While performing a "smart shutdown", we restrict new connections but stay
                                341                 :  * in PM_RUN or PM_HOT_STANDBY state until all the client backends are gone.
                                342                 :  * connsAllowed is a sub-state indicator showing the active restriction.
                                343                 :  * It is of no interest unless pmState is PM_RUN or PM_HOT_STANDBY.
                                344                 :  */
                                345                 : static bool connsAllowed = true;
                                346                 : 
                                347                 : /* Start time of SIGKILL timeout during immediate shutdown or child crash */
                                348                 : /* Zero means timeout is not running */
                                349                 : static time_t AbortStartTime = 0;
                                350                 : 
                                351                 : /* Length of said timeout */
                                352                 : #define SIGKILL_CHILDREN_AFTER_SECS     5
                                353                 : 
                                354                 : static bool ReachedNormalRunning = false;   /* T if we've reached PM_RUN */
                                355                 : 
                                356                 : bool        ClientAuthInProgress = false;   /* T during new-client
                                357                 :                                              * authentication */
                                358                 : 
                                359                 : bool        redirection_done = false;   /* stderr redirected for syslogger? */
                                360                 : 
                                361                 : /* received START_AUTOVAC_LAUNCHER signal */
                                362                 : static bool start_autovac_launcher = false;
                                363                 : 
                                364                 : /* the launcher needs to be signaled to communicate some condition */
                                365                 : static bool avlauncher_needs_signal = false;
                                366                 : 
                                367                 : /* received START_WALRECEIVER signal */
                                368                 : static bool WalReceiverRequested = false;
                                369                 : 
                                370                 : /* set when there's a worker that needs to be started up */
                                371                 : static bool StartWorkerNeeded = true;
                                372                 : static bool HaveCrashedWorker = false;
                                373                 : 
                                374                 : /* set when signals arrive */
                                375                 : static volatile sig_atomic_t pending_pm_pmsignal;
                                376                 : static volatile sig_atomic_t pending_pm_child_exit;
                                377                 : static volatile sig_atomic_t pending_pm_reload_request;
                                378                 : static volatile sig_atomic_t pending_pm_shutdown_request;
                                379                 : static volatile sig_atomic_t pending_pm_fast_shutdown_request;
                                380                 : static volatile sig_atomic_t pending_pm_immediate_shutdown_request;
                                381                 : 
                                382                 : /* event multiplexing object */
                                383                 : static WaitEventSet *pm_wait_set;
                                384                 : 
                                385                 : #ifdef USE_SSL
                                386                 : /* Set when and if SSL has been initialized properly */
                                387                 : static bool LoadedSSL = false;
                                388                 : #endif
                                389                 : 
                                390                 : #ifdef USE_BONJOUR
                                391                 : static DNSServiceRef bonjour_sdref = NULL;
                                392                 : #endif
                                393                 : 
                                394                 : /*
                                395                 :  * postmaster.c - function prototypes
                                396                 :  */
                                397                 : static void CloseServerPorts(int status, Datum arg);
                                398                 : static void unlink_external_pid_file(int status, Datum arg);
                                399                 : static void getInstallationPaths(const char *argv0);
                                400                 : static void checkControlFile(void);
                                401                 : static Port *ConnCreate(int serverFd);
                                402                 : static void ConnFree(Port *port);
                                403                 : static void handle_pm_pmsignal_signal(SIGNAL_ARGS);
                                404                 : static void handle_pm_child_exit_signal(SIGNAL_ARGS);
                                405                 : static void handle_pm_reload_request_signal(SIGNAL_ARGS);
                                406                 : static void handle_pm_shutdown_request_signal(SIGNAL_ARGS);
                                407                 : static void process_pm_pmsignal(void);
                                408                 : static void process_pm_child_exit(void);
                                409                 : static void process_pm_reload_request(void);
                                410                 : static void process_pm_shutdown_request(void);
                                411                 : static void process_startup_packet_die(SIGNAL_ARGS);
                                412                 : static void dummy_handler(SIGNAL_ARGS);
                                413                 : static void StartupPacketTimeoutHandler(void);
                                414                 : static void CleanupBackend(int pid, int exitstatus);
                                415                 : static bool CleanupBackgroundWorker(int pid, int exitstatus);
                                416                 : static void HandleChildCrash(int pid, int exitstatus, const char *procname);
                                417                 : static void LogChildExit(int lev, const char *procname,
                                418                 :                          int pid, int exitstatus);
                                419                 : static void PostmasterStateMachine(void);
                                420                 : static void BackendInitialize(Port *port);
                                421                 : static void BackendRun(Port *port) pg_attribute_noreturn();
                                422                 : static void ExitPostmaster(int status) pg_attribute_noreturn();
                                423                 : static int  ServerLoop(void);
                                424                 : static int  BackendStartup(Port *port);
                                425                 : static int  ProcessStartupPacket(Port *port, bool ssl_done, bool gss_done);
                                426                 : static void SendNegotiateProtocolVersion(List *unrecognized_protocol_options);
                                427                 : static void processCancelRequest(Port *port, void *pkt);
                                428                 : static void report_fork_failure_to_client(Port *port, int errnum);
                                429                 : static CAC_state canAcceptConnections(int backend_type);
                                430                 : static bool RandomCancelKey(int32 *cancel_key);
                                431                 : static void signal_child(pid_t pid, int signal);
                                432                 : static void sigquit_child(pid_t pid);
                                433                 : static bool SignalSomeChildren(int signal, int target);
                                434                 : static void TerminateChildren(int signal);
                                435                 : 
                                436                 : #define SignalChildren(sig)            SignalSomeChildren(sig, BACKEND_TYPE_ALL)
                                437                 : 
                                438                 : static int  CountChildren(int target);
                                439                 : static bool assign_backendlist_entry(RegisteredBgWorker *rw);
                                440                 : static void maybe_start_bgworkers(void);
                                441                 : static bool CreateOptsFile(int argc, char *argv[], char *fullprogname);
                                442                 : static pid_t StartChildProcess(AuxProcType type);
                                443                 : static void StartAutovacuumWorker(void);
                                444                 : static void MaybeStartWalReceiver(void);
                                445                 : static void InitPostmasterDeathWatchHandle(void);
                                446                 : 
                                447                 : /*
                                448                 :  * Archiver is allowed to start up at the current postmaster state?
                                449                 :  *
                                450                 :  * If WAL archiving is enabled always, we are allowed to start archiver
                                451                 :  * even during recovery.
                                452                 :  */
                                453                 : #define PgArchStartupAllowed()  \
                                454                 :     (((XLogArchivingActive() && pmState == PM_RUN) ||           \
                                455                 :       (XLogArchivingAlways() &&                                   \
                                456                 :        (pmState == PM_RECOVERY || pmState == PM_HOT_STANDBY))) && \
                                457                 :      PgArchCanRestart())
                                458                 : 
                                459                 : #ifdef EXEC_BACKEND
                                460                 : 
                                461                 : #ifdef WIN32
                                462                 : #define WNOHANG 0               /* ignored, so any integer value will do */
                                463                 : 
                                464                 : static pid_t waitpid(pid_t pid, int *exitstatus, int options);
                                465                 : static void WINAPI pgwin32_deadchild_callback(PVOID lpParameter, BOOLEAN TimerOrWaitFired);
                                466                 : 
                                467                 : static HANDLE win32ChildQueue;
                                468                 : 
                                469                 : typedef struct
                                470                 : {
                                471                 :     HANDLE      waitHandle;
                                472                 :     HANDLE      procHandle;
                                473                 :     DWORD       procId;
                                474                 : } win32_deadchild_waitinfo;
                                475                 : #endif                          /* WIN32 */
                                476                 : 
                                477                 : static pid_t backend_forkexec(Port *port);
                                478                 : static pid_t internal_forkexec(int argc, char *argv[], Port *port);
                                479                 : 
                                480                 : /* Type for a socket that can be inherited to a client process */
                                481                 : #ifdef WIN32
                                482                 : typedef struct
                                483                 : {
                                484                 :     SOCKET      origsocket;     /* Original socket value, or PGINVALID_SOCKET
                                485                 :                                  * if not a socket */
                                486                 :     WSAPROTOCOL_INFO wsainfo;
                                487                 : } InheritableSocket;
                                488                 : #else
                                489                 : typedef int InheritableSocket;
                                490                 : #endif
                                491                 : 
                                492                 : /*
                                493                 :  * Structure contains all variables passed to exec:ed backends
                                494                 :  */
                                495                 : typedef struct
                                496                 : {
                                497                 :     Port        port;
                                498                 :     InheritableSocket portsocket;
                                499                 :     char        DataDir[MAXPGPATH];
                                500                 :     pgsocket    ListenSocket[MAXLISTEN];
                                501                 :     int32       MyCancelKey;
                                502                 :     int         MyPMChildSlot;
                                503                 : #ifndef WIN32
                                504                 :     unsigned long UsedShmemSegID;
                                505                 : #else
                                506                 :     void       *ShmemProtectiveRegion;
                                507                 :     HANDLE      UsedShmemSegID;
                                508                 : #endif
                                509                 :     void       *UsedShmemSegAddr;
                                510                 :     slock_t    *ShmemLock;
                                511                 :     VariableCache ShmemVariableCache;
                                512                 :     Backend    *ShmemBackendArray;
                                513                 : #ifndef HAVE_SPINLOCKS
                                514                 :     PGSemaphore *SpinlockSemaArray;
                                515                 : #endif
                                516                 :     int         NamedLWLockTrancheRequests;
                                517                 :     NamedLWLockTranche *NamedLWLockTrancheArray;
                                518                 :     LWLockPadded *MainLWLockArray;
                                519                 :     slock_t    *ProcStructLock;
                                520                 :     PROC_HDR   *ProcGlobal;
                                521                 :     PGPROC     *AuxiliaryProcs;
                                522                 :     PGPROC     *PreparedXactProcs;
                                523                 :     PMSignalData *PMSignalState;
                                524                 :     pid_t       PostmasterPid;
                                525                 :     TimestampTz PgStartTime;
                                526                 :     TimestampTz PgReloadTime;
                                527                 :     pg_time_t   first_syslogger_file_time;
                                528                 :     bool        redirection_done;
                                529                 :     bool        IsBinaryUpgrade;
                                530                 :     bool        query_id_enabled;
                                531                 :     int         max_safe_fds;
                                532                 :     int         MaxBackends;
                                533                 : #ifdef WIN32
                                534                 :     HANDLE      PostmasterHandle;
                                535                 :     HANDLE      initial_signal_pipe;
                                536                 :     HANDLE      syslogPipe[2];
                                537                 : #else
                                538                 :     int         postmaster_alive_fds[2];
                                539                 :     int         syslogPipe[2];
                                540                 : #endif
                                541                 :     char        my_exec_path[MAXPGPATH];
                                542                 :     char        pkglib_path[MAXPGPATH];
                                543                 : } BackendParameters;
                                544                 : 
                                545                 : static void read_backend_variables(char *id, Port *port);
                                546                 : static void restore_backend_variables(BackendParameters *param, Port *port);
                                547                 : 
                                548                 : #ifndef WIN32
                                549                 : static bool save_backend_variables(BackendParameters *param, Port *port);
                                550                 : #else
                                551                 : static bool save_backend_variables(BackendParameters *param, Port *port,
                                552                 :                                    HANDLE childProcess, pid_t childPid);
                                553                 : #endif
                                554                 : 
                                555                 : static void ShmemBackendArrayAdd(Backend *bn);
                                556                 : static void ShmemBackendArrayRemove(Backend *bn);
                                557                 : #endif                          /* EXEC_BACKEND */
                                558                 : 
                                559                 : #define StartupDataBase()       StartChildProcess(StartupProcess)
                                560                 : #define StartArchiver()         StartChildProcess(ArchiverProcess)
                                561                 : #define StartBackgroundWriter() StartChildProcess(BgWriterProcess)
                                562                 : #define StartCheckpointer()     StartChildProcess(CheckpointerProcess)
                                563                 : #define StartWalWriter()        StartChildProcess(WalWriterProcess)
                                564                 : #define StartWalReceiver()      StartChildProcess(WalReceiverProcess)
                                565                 : 
                                566                 : /* Macros to check exit status of a child process */
                                567                 : #define EXIT_STATUS_0(st)  ((st) == 0)
                                568                 : #define EXIT_STATUS_1(st)  (WIFEXITED(st) && WEXITSTATUS(st) == 1)
                                569                 : #define EXIT_STATUS_3(st)  (WIFEXITED(st) && WEXITSTATUS(st) == 3)
                                570                 : 
                                571                 : #ifndef WIN32
                                572                 : /*
                                573                 :  * File descriptors for pipe used to monitor if postmaster is alive.
                                574                 :  * First is POSTMASTER_FD_WATCH, second is POSTMASTER_FD_OWN.
                                575                 :  */
                                576                 : int         postmaster_alive_fds[2] = {-1, -1};
                                577                 : #else
                                578                 : /* Process handle of postmaster used for the same purpose on Windows */
                                579                 : HANDLE      PostmasterHandle;
                                580                 : #endif
                                581                 : 
                                582                 : /*
                                583                 :  * Postmaster main entry point
                                584                 :  */
                                585                 : void
 9770 scrappy                   586 GIC         601 : PostmasterMain(int argc, char *argv[])
                                587                 : {
                                588                 :     int         opt;
                                589                 :     int         status;
 6757 tgl                       590             601 :     char       *userDoption = NULL;
 4469                           591             601 :     bool        listen_addr_saved = false;
                                592                 :     int         i;
 3347 peter_e                   593             601 :     char       *output_config_variable = NULL;
                                594                 : 
 1633 tmunro                    595             601 :     InitProcessGlobals();
                                596                 : 
                                597             601 :     PostmasterPid = MyProcPid;
 5729 andrew                    598 ECB             : 
 7256 tgl                       599 GIC         601 :     IsPostmasterEnvironment = true;
                                600                 : 
                                601                 :     /*
  612 andres                    602 ECB             :      * Start our win32 signal implementation
                                603                 :      */
                                604                 : #ifdef WIN32
                                605                 :     pgwin32_signal_initialize();
                                606                 : #endif
                                607                 : 
                                608                 :     /*
 1828 sfrost                    609                 :      * We should not be creating any files or directories before we check the
                                610                 :      * data directory (see checkDataDir()), but just in case set the umask to
                                611                 :      * the most restrictive (owner-only) permissions.
                                612                 :      *
                                613                 :      * checkDataDir() will reset the umask based on the data directory
                                614                 :      * permissions.
                                615                 :      */
 1828 sfrost                    616 GIC         601 :     umask(PG_MODE_MASK_OWNER);
                                617                 : 
                                618                 :     /*
                                619                 :      * By default, palloc() requests in the postmaster will be allocated in
                                620                 :      * the PostmasterContext, which is space that can be recycled by backends.
                                621                 :      * Allocated data that needs to be available to backends should be
                                622                 :      * allocated in TopMemoryContext.
                                623                 :      */
 8320 tgl                       624             601 :     PostmasterContext = AllocSetContextCreate(TopMemoryContext,
                                625                 :                                               "Postmaster",
                                626                 :                                               ALLOCSET_DEFAULT_SIZES);
                                627             601 :     MemoryContextSwitchTo(PostmasterContext);
 8320 tgl                       628 ECB             : 
                                629                 :     /* Initialize paths to installation files */
 5090 tgl                       630 GIC         601 :     getInstallationPaths(argv[0]);
                                631                 : 
                                632                 :     /*
                                633                 :      * Set up signal handlers for the postmaster process.
                                634                 :      *
                                635                 :      * CAUTION: when changing this list, check for side-effects on the signal
 3291 tgl                       636 ECB             :      * handling setup of child processes.  See tcop/postgres.c,
                                637                 :      * bootstrap/bootstrap.c, postmaster/bgwriter.c, postmaster/walwriter.c,
  368 andres                    638                 :      * postmaster/autovacuum.c, postmaster/pgarch.c, postmaster/syslogger.c,
                                639                 :      * postmaster/bgworker.c and postmaster/checkpointer.c.
 3291 tgl                       640                 :      */
 3291 tgl                       641 CBC         601 :     pqinitmask();
   65 tmunro                    642 GNC         601 :     sigprocmask(SIG_SETMASK, &BlockSig, NULL);
 3291 tgl                       643 ECB             : 
   87 tmunro                    644 GNC         601 :     pqsignal(SIGHUP, handle_pm_reload_request_signal);
                                645             601 :     pqsignal(SIGINT, handle_pm_shutdown_request_signal);
                                646             601 :     pqsignal(SIGQUIT, handle_pm_shutdown_request_signal);
                                647             601 :     pqsignal(SIGTERM, handle_pm_shutdown_request_signal);
                                648             601 :     pqsignal(SIGALRM, SIG_IGN); /* ignored */
                                649             601 :     pqsignal(SIGPIPE, SIG_IGN); /* ignored */
                                650             601 :     pqsignal(SIGUSR1, handle_pm_pmsignal_signal);
                                651             601 :     pqsignal(SIGUSR2, dummy_handler);   /* unused, reserve for children */
                                652             601 :     pqsignal(SIGCHLD, handle_pm_child_exit_signal);
                                653                 : 
                                654                 :     /* This may configure SIGURG, depending on platform. */
                                655             601 :     InitializeLatchSupport();
                                656             601 :     InitProcessLocalLatch();
                                657                 : 
                                658                 :     /*
 1604 tgl                       659 ECB             :      * No other place in Postgres should touch SIGTTIN/SIGTTOU handling.  We
                                660                 :      * ignore those signals in a postmaster environment, so that there is no
                                661                 :      * risk of a child process freezing up due to writing to stderr.  But for
                                662                 :      * a standalone backend, their default handling is reasonable.  Hence, all
                                663                 :      * child processes should just allow the inherited settings to stand.
                                664                 :      */
                                665                 : #ifdef SIGTTIN
   87 tmunro                    666 GNC         601 :     pqsignal(SIGTTIN, SIG_IGN); /* ignored */
                                667                 : #endif
 1604 tgl                       668 ECB             : #ifdef SIGTTOU
   87 tmunro                    669 GNC         601 :     pqsignal(SIGTTOU, SIG_IGN); /* ignored */
 1604 tgl                       670 ECB             : #endif
                                671                 : 
                                672                 :     /* ignore SIGXFSZ, so that ulimit violations work like disk full */
                                673                 : #ifdef SIGXFSZ
   87 tmunro                    674 GNC         601 :     pqsignal(SIGXFSZ, SIG_IGN); /* ignored */
                                675                 : #endif
                                676                 : 
                                677                 :     /* Begin accepting signals. */
   65                           678             601 :     sigprocmask(SIG_SETMASK, &UnBlockSig, NULL);
                                679                 : 
 8320 tgl                       680 ECB             :     /*
                                681                 :      * Options setup
                                682                 :      */
 7632 tgl                       683 GIC         601 :     InitializeGUCOptions();
 9345 bruce                     684 EUB             : 
 8348 peter_e                   685 GBC         601 :     opterr = 1;
 7842 tgl                       686 EUB             : 
                                687                 :     /*
 3260 bruce                     688 ECB             :      * Parse command-line options.  CAUTION: keep this in sync with
                                689                 :      * tcop/postgres.c (the option sets should not conflict) and with the
 5624                           690                 :      * common help() function in main/main.c.
 5939 tgl                       691                 :      */
  118 peter                     692 GNC        1998 :     while ((opt = getopt(argc, argv, "B:bC:c:D:d:EeFf:h:ijk:lN:OPp:r:S:sTt:W:-:")) != -1)
 9345 bruce                     693 ECB             :     {
 9345 bruce                     694 CBC        1397 :         switch (opt)
 9345 bruce                     695 ECB             :         {
 9344 bruce                     696 UIC           0 :             case 'B':
 7715 peter_e                   697 LBC           0 :                 SetConfigOption("shared_buffers", optarg, PGC_POSTMASTER, PGC_S_ARGV);
 9344 bruce                     698 UIC           0 :                 break;
                                699                 : 
 4367 bruce                     700 GIC           6 :             case 'b':
                                701                 :                 /* Undocumented flag used for binary upgrades */
                                702               6 :                 IsBinaryUpgrade = true;
 4367 bruce                     703 CBC           6 :                 break;
 4367 bruce                     704 ECB             : 
 4203 bruce                     705 GIC           2 :             case 'C':
 3831 bruce                     706 GBC           2 :                 output_config_variable = strdup(optarg);
 4203                           707               2 :                 break;
                                708                 : 
  118 peter                     709 GNC         618 :             case 'c':
                                710                 :             case '-':
                                711                 :                 {
                                712                 :                     char       *name,
                                713                 :                                *value;
                                714                 : 
                                715             618 :                     ParseLongOption(optarg, &name, &value);
                                716             618 :                     if (!value)
                                717                 :                     {
  118 peter                     718 UNC           0 :                         if (opt == '-')
                                719               0 :                             ereport(ERROR,
                                720                 :                                     (errcode(ERRCODE_SYNTAX_ERROR),
                                721                 :                                      errmsg("--%s requires a value",
                                722                 :                                             optarg)));
                                723                 :                         else
                                724               0 :                             ereport(ERROR,
                                725                 :                                     (errcode(ERRCODE_SYNTAX_ERROR),
                                726                 :                                      errmsg("-c %s requires a value",
                                727                 :                                             optarg)));
                                728                 :                     }
                                729                 : 
  118 peter                     730 GNC         618 :                     SetConfigOption(name, value, PGC_POSTMASTER, PGC_S_ARGV);
                                731             618 :                     pfree(name);
                                732             618 :                     pfree(value);
                                733             618 :                     break;
                                734                 :                 }
                                735                 : 
 9344 bruce                     736 GIC         601 :             case 'D':
 3831                           737             601 :                 userDoption = strdup(optarg);
 9344                           738             601 :                 break;
 6303 peter_e                   739 EUB             : 
 9344 bruce                     740 UIC           0 :             case 'd':
 6720 tgl                       741               0 :                 set_debug_options(atoi(optarg), PGC_POSTMASTER, PGC_S_ARGV);
                                742               0 :                 break;
                                743                 : 
 6303 peter_e                   744               0 :             case 'E':
 6303 peter_e                   745 LBC           0 :                 SetConfigOption("log_statement", "all", PGC_POSTMASTER, PGC_S_ARGV);
                                746               0 :                 break;
 6303 peter_e                   747 ECB             : 
 6303 peter_e                   748 LBC           0 :             case 'e':
 6303 peter_e                   749 UIC           0 :                 SetConfigOption("datestyle", "euro", PGC_POSTMASTER, PGC_S_ARGV);
                                750               0 :                 break;
 6303 peter_e                   751 ECB             : 
 8346 bruce                     752 CBC          82 :             case 'F':
 7715 peter_e                   753              82 :                 SetConfigOption("fsync", "false", PGC_POSTMASTER, PGC_S_ARGV);
 8346 bruce                     754 GIC          82 :                 break;
 6303 peter_e                   755 EUB             : 
 6303 peter_e                   756 UBC           0 :             case 'f':
                                757               0 :                 if (!set_plan_disabling_options(optarg, PGC_POSTMASTER, PGC_S_ARGV))
                                758                 :                 {
                                759               0 :                     write_stderr("%s: invalid argument for option -f: \"%s\"\n",
 6303 peter_e                   760 EUB             :                                  progname, optarg);
 6303 peter_e                   761 UBC           0 :                     ExitPostmaster(1);
                                762                 :                 }
                                763               0 :                 break;
 6303 peter_e                   764 EUB             : 
 8182 bruce                     765 UBC           0 :             case 'h':
 6956 tgl                       766 UIC           0 :                 SetConfigOption("listen_addresses", optarg, PGC_POSTMASTER, PGC_S_ARGV);
 8182 bruce                     767 LBC           0 :                 break;
 6303 peter_e                   768 ECB             : 
 9281 bruce                     769 LBC           0 :             case 'i':
 6956 tgl                       770 UIC           0 :                 SetConfigOption("listen_addresses", "*", PGC_POSTMASTER, PGC_S_ARGV);
 8584 bruce                     771 UBC           0 :                 break;
 6303 peter_e                   772 EUB             : 
 6303 peter_e                   773 UIC           0 :             case 'j':
 6303 peter_e                   774 EUB             :                 /* only used by interactive backend */
 6303 peter_e                   775 UIC           0 :                 break;
 6303 peter_e                   776 EUB             : 
 8182 bruce                     777 GIC          82 :             case 'k':
 3894 tgl                       778 GBC          82 :                 SetConfigOption("unix_socket_directories", optarg, PGC_POSTMASTER, PGC_S_ARGV);
 8182 bruce                     779 GIC          82 :                 break;
 6303 peter_e                   780 EUB             : 
 8584 bruce                     781 UBC           0 :             case 'l':
 7715 peter_e                   782               0 :                 SetConfigOption("ssl", "true", PGC_POSTMASTER, PGC_S_ARGV);
 9284 bruce                     783 UIC           0 :                 break;
 9345 bruce                     784 EUB             : 
 8815 tgl                       785 UBC           0 :             case 'N':
 7715 peter_e                   786               0 :                 SetConfigOption("max_connections", optarg, PGC_POSTMASTER, PGC_S_ARGV);
 8815 tgl                       787 UIC           0 :                 break;
 6303 peter_e                   788 EUB             : 
 6303 peter_e                   789 LBC           0 :             case 'O':
 6303 peter_e                   790 UIC           0 :                 SetConfigOption("allow_system_table_mods", "true", PGC_POSTMASTER, PGC_S_ARGV);
 6303 peter_e                   791 UBC           0 :                 break;
 6303 peter_e                   792 EUB             : 
 6303 peter_e                   793 UBC           0 :             case 'P':
 6303 peter_e                   794 UIC           0 :                 SetConfigOption("ignore_system_indexes", "true", PGC_POSTMASTER, PGC_S_ARGV);
 6303 peter_e                   795 UBC           0 :                 break;
 6303 peter_e                   796 EUB             : 
 9344 bruce                     797 GBC           6 :             case 'p':
 7715 peter_e                   798 GIC           6 :                 SetConfigOption("port", optarg, PGC_POSTMASTER, PGC_S_ARGV);
 9344 bruce                     799 GBC           6 :                 break;
 9345 bruce                     800 EUB             : 
 6303 peter_e                   801 UBC           0 :             case 'r':
                                802                 :                 /* only used by single-user backend */
                                803               0 :                 break;
 6303 peter_e                   804 EUB             : 
 6303 peter_e                   805 UBC           0 :             case 'S':
 6303 peter_e                   806 UIC           0 :                 SetConfigOption("work_mem", optarg, PGC_POSTMASTER, PGC_S_ARGV);
 9344 bruce                     807 LBC           0 :                 break;
 6303 peter_e                   808 ECB             : 
 9344 bruce                     809 LBC           0 :             case 's':
 5939 tgl                       810 UIC           0 :                 SetConfigOption("log_statement_stats", "true", PGC_POSTMASTER, PGC_S_ARGV);
 6303 peter_e                   811 UBC           0 :                 break;
                                812                 : 
                                813               0 :             case 'T':
                                814                 : 
 9344 bruce                     815 EUB             :                 /*
                                816                 :                  * This option used to be defined as sending SIGSTOP after a
                                817                 :                  * backend crash, but sending SIGABRT seems more useful.
                                818                 :                  */
  139 tgl                       819 UNC           0 :                 SetConfigOption("send_abort_for_crash", "true", PGC_POSTMASTER, PGC_S_ARGV);
 9344 bruce                     820 UBC           0 :                 break;
                                821                 : 
 6303 peter_e                   822               0 :             case 't':
                                823                 :                 {
 6031 bruce                     824 UIC           0 :                     const char *tmp = get_stats_option_name(optarg);
                                825                 : 
                                826               0 :                     if (tmp)
                                827                 :                     {
 6031 bruce                     828 UBC           0 :                         SetConfigOption(tmp, "true", PGC_POSTMASTER, PGC_S_ARGV);
 6031 bruce                     829 EUB             :                     }
                                830                 :                     else
                                831                 :                     {
 6031 bruce                     832 UIC           0 :                         write_stderr("%s: invalid argument for option -t: \"%s\"\n",
 6031 bruce                     833 EUB             :                                      progname, optarg);
 6031 bruce                     834 UIC           0 :                         ExitPostmaster(1);
 6031 bruce                     835 EUB             :                     }
 6031 bruce                     836 UIC           0 :                     break;
 6303 peter_e                   837 EUB             :                 }
                                838                 : 
 6303 peter_e                   839 UIC           0 :             case 'W':
                                840               0 :                 SetConfigOption("post_auth_delay", optarg, PGC_POSTMASTER, PGC_S_ARGV);
 6303 peter_e                   841 UBC           0 :                 break;
                                842                 : 
 9344 bruce                     843 UIC           0 :             default:
 6836                           844               0 :                 write_stderr("Try \"%s --help\" for more information.\n",
                                845                 :                              progname);
 8166 tgl                       846               0 :                 ExitPostmaster(1);
 9345 bruce                     847 ECB             :         }
 9345 bruce                     848 EUB             :     }
                                849                 : 
 7715 peter_e                   850 ECB             :     /*
                                851                 :      * Postmaster accepts no non-option switch arguments.
                                852                 :      */
 7715 peter_e                   853 GIC         601 :     if (optind < argc)
                                854                 :     {
 6836 bruce                     855 UIC           0 :         write_stderr("%s: invalid argument: \"%s\"\n",
                                856               0 :                      progname, argv[optind]);
                                857               0 :         write_stderr("Try \"%s --help\" for more information.\n",
                                858                 :                      progname);
 7715 peter_e                   859               0 :         ExitPostmaster(1);
                                860                 :     }
                                861                 : 
                                862                 :     /*
 6385 bruce                     863 ECB             :      * Locate the proper configuration files and data directory, and read
                                864                 :      * postgresql.conf for the first time.
 6757 tgl                       865                 :      */
 6757 tgl                       866 GIC         601 :     if (!SelectConfigFiles(userDoption, progname))
 6757 tgl                       867 UIC           0 :         ExitPostmaster(2);
                                868                 : 
 4203 bruce                     869 GIC         600 :     if (output_config_variable != NULL)
                                870                 :     {
                                871                 :         /*
  570 michael                   872 ECB             :          * If this is a runtime-computed GUC, it hasn't yet been initialized,
                                873                 :          * and the present value is not useful.  However, this is a convenient
                                874                 :          * place to print the value for most GUCs because it is safe to run
                                875                 :          * postmaster startup to this point even if the server is already
                                876                 :          * running.  For the handful of runtime-computed GUCs that we cannot
                                877                 :          * provide meaningful values for yet, we wait until later in
                                878                 :          * postmaster startup to print the value.  We won't be able to use -C
                                879                 :          * on running servers for those GUCs, but using this option now would
                                880                 :          * lead to incorrect results for them.
                                881                 :          */
  570 michael                   882 GIC           2 :         int         flags = GetConfigOptionFlags(output_config_variable, true);
                                883                 : 
                                884               2 :         if ((flags & GUC_RUNTIME_COMPUTED) == 0)
                                885                 :         {
  570 michael                   886 ECB             :             /*
                                887                 :              * "-C guc" was specified, so print GUC's value and exit.  No
                                888                 :              * extra permission check is needed because the user is reading
                                889                 :              * inside the data dir.
                                890                 :              */
  570 michael                   891 CBC           1 :             const char *config_val = GetConfigOption(output_config_variable,
                                892                 :                                                      false, false);
                                893                 : 
                                894               1 :             puts(config_val ? config_val : "");
  570 michael                   895 GIC           1 :             ExitPostmaster(0);
                                896                 :         }
  333 michael                   897 ECB             : 
                                898                 :         /*
                                899                 :          * A runtime-computed GUC will be printed later on.  As we initialize
                                900                 :          * a server startup sequence, silence any log messages that may show
                                901                 :          * up in the output generated.  FATAL and more severe messages are
                                902                 :          * useful to show, even if one would only expect at least PANIC.  LOG
                                903                 :          * entries are hidden.
  333 michael                   904 EUB             :          */
  305 tgl                       905 GIC           1 :         SetConfigOption("log_min_messages", "FATAL", PGC_SUSET,
                                906                 :                         PGC_S_OVERRIDE);
                                907                 :     }
 3955 bruce                     908 EUB             : 
                                909                 :     /* Verify that DataDir looks reasonable */
 6757 tgl                       910 CBC         599 :     checkDataDir();
 6897 tgl                       911 EUB             : 
                                912                 :     /* Check that pg_control exists */
 1828 sfrost                    913 CBC         599 :     checkControlFile();
 1828 sfrost                    914 EUB             : 
                                915                 :     /* And switch working directory into it */
 6488 tgl                       916 GIC         599 :     ChangeToDataDir();
                                917                 : 
                                918                 :     /*
                                919                 :      * Check for invalid combinations of GUC settings.
                                920                 :      */
   79 rhaas                     921 GNC         599 :     if (SuperuserReservedConnections + ReservedConnections >= MaxConnections)
                                922                 :     {
   79 rhaas                     923 UNC           0 :         write_stderr("%s: superuser_reserved_connections (%d) plus reserved_connections (%d) must be less than max_connections (%d)\n",
 1858 tgl                       924 EUB             :                      progname,
                                925                 :                      SuperuserReservedConnections, ReservedConnections,
                                926                 :                      MaxConnections);
 3894 magnus                    927 UIC           0 :         ExitPostmaster(1);
                                928                 :     }
 2886 heikki.linnakangas        929 GIC         599 :     if (XLogArchiveMode > ARCHIVE_MODE_OFF && wal_level == WAL_LEVEL_MINIMAL)
 4729 heikki.linnakangas        930 UIC           0 :         ereport(ERROR,
                                931                 :                 (errmsg("WAL archival cannot be enabled when wal_level is \"minimal\"")));
 4729 heikki.linnakangas        932 CBC         599 :     if (max_wal_senders > 0 && wal_level == WAL_LEVEL_MINIMAL)
 4729 heikki.linnakangas        933 UIC           0 :         ereport(ERROR,
                                934                 :                 (errmsg("WAL streaming (max_wal_senders > 0) requires wal_level \"replica\" or \"logical\"")));
                                935                 : 
                                936                 :     /*
                                937                 :      * Other one-time internal sanity checks can go here, if they are fast.
                                938                 :      * (Put any slow processing further down, after postmaster.pid creation.)
                                939                 :      */
 7388 tgl                       940 GIC         599 :     if (!CheckDateTokenTables())
                                941                 :     {
 6836 bruce                     942 LBC           0 :         write_stderr("%s: invalid datetoken tables, please fix\n", progname);
 7388 tgl                       943 UIC           0 :         ExitPostmaster(1);
                                944                 :     }
 7388 tgl                       945 ECB             : 
                                946                 :     /*
 7836 bruce                     947                 :      * Now that we are done processing the postmaster arguments, reset
                                948                 :      * getopt(3) library so that it will work correctly in subprocesses.
                                949                 :      */
 7842 tgl                       950 CBC         599 :     optind = 1;
                                951                 : #ifdef HAVE_INT_OPTRESET
                                952                 :     optreset = 1;               /* some systems need this too */
                                953                 : #endif
                                954                 : 
                                955                 :     /* For debugging: display postmaster environment */
                                956                 :     {
                                957                 :         extern char **environ;
                                958                 :         char      **p;
                                959                 : 
 7180 tgl                       960 GIC         599 :         ereport(DEBUG3,
                                961                 :                 (errmsg_internal("%s: PostmasterMain: initial environment dump:",
                                962                 :                                  progname)));
                                963             599 :         ereport(DEBUG3,
                                964                 :                 (errmsg_internal("-----------------------------------------")));
 8183                           965           58352 :         for (p = environ; *p; ++p)
 7180                           966           57753 :             ereport(DEBUG3,
                                967                 :                     (errmsg_internal("\t%s", *p)));
 7180 tgl                       968 CBC         599 :         ereport(DEBUG3,
                                969                 :                 (errmsg_internal("-----------------------------------------")));
                                970                 :     }
                                971                 : 
                                972                 :     /*
                                973                 :      * Create lockfile for data directory.
                                974                 :      *
                                975                 :      * We want to do this before we try to grab the input sockets, because the
                                976                 :      * data directory interlock is more reliable than the socket-file
                                977                 :      * interlock (thanks to whoever decided to put socket files in /tmp :-().
                                978                 :      * For the same reason, it's best to grab the TCP socket(s) before the
 3894 tgl                       979 ECB             :      * Unix socket(s).
                                980                 :      *
                                981                 :      * Also note that this internally sets up the on_proc_exit function that
                                982                 :      * is responsible for removing both data directory and socket lockfiles;
                                983                 :      * so it must happen before opening sockets so that at exit, the socket
                                984                 :      * lockfiles go away after CloseServerPorts runs.
 8166                           985                 :      */
 6488 tgl                       986 GIC         599 :     CreateDataDirLockFile(true);
                                987                 : 
                                988                 :     /*
                                989                 :      * Read the control file (for error checking and config info).
 1802 tgl                       990 ECB             :      *
                                991                 :      * Since we verify the control file's CRC, this has a useful side effect
                                992                 :      * on machines where we need a run-time test for CRC support instructions.
                                993                 :      * The postmaster will do the test once at startup, and then its child
                                994                 :      * processes will inherit the correct function pointer and not need to
                                995                 :      * repeat the test.
                                996                 :      */
 2030 andres                    997 GIC         598 :     LocalProcessControlFile(false);
 2034 andres                    998 ECB             : 
 2271 peter_e                   999                 :     /*
                               1000                 :      * Register the apply launcher.  It's probably a good idea to call this
                               1001                 :      * before any modules had a chance to take the background worker slots.
                               1002                 :      */
 2271 peter_e                  1003 GIC         598 :     ApplyLauncherRegister();
                               1004                 : 
                               1005                 :     /*
                               1006                 :      * process any libraries that should be preloaded at postmaster start
 6380 tgl                      1007 ECB             :      */
 6081 tgl                      1008 GIC         598 :     process_shared_preload_libraries();
                               1009                 : 
                               1010                 :     /*
                               1011                 :      * Initialize SSL library, if specified.
 1110 andrew                   1012 ECB             :      */
                               1013                 : #ifdef USE_SSL
 1110 andrew                   1014 GIC         598 :     if (EnableSSL)
                               1015                 :     {
                               1016              26 :         (void) secure_initialize(true);
                               1017              23 :         LoadedSSL = true;
                               1018                 :     }
 1110 andrew                   1019 ECB             : #endif
                               1020                 : 
                               1021                 :     /*
                               1022                 :      * Now that loadable modules have had their chance to alter any GUCs,
                               1023                 :      * calculate MaxBackends.
                               1024                 :      */
 3749 alvherre                 1025 CBC         595 :     InitializeMaxBackends();
                               1026                 : 
                               1027                 :     /*
                               1028                 :      * Give preloaded libraries a chance to request additional shared memory.
                               1029                 :      */
  331 rhaas                    1030 GIC         595 :     process_shmem_requests();
                               1031                 : 
                               1032                 :     /*
                               1033                 :      * Now that loadable modules have had their chance to request additional
                               1034                 :      * shared memory, determine the value of any runtime-computed GUCs that
                               1035                 :      * depend on the amount of shared memory required.
                               1036                 :      */
  578 michael                  1037             595 :     InitializeShmemGUCs();
  578 michael                  1038 ECB             : 
                               1039                 :     /*
  368 jdavis                   1040                 :      * Now that modules have been loaded, we can process any custom resource
                               1041                 :      * managers specified in the wal_consistency_checking GUC.
                               1042                 :      */
  368 jdavis                   1043 CBC         595 :     InitializeWalConsistencyChecking();
  368 jdavis                   1044 ECB             : 
                               1045                 :     /*
                               1046                 :      * If -C was specified with a runtime-computed GUC, we held off printing
                               1047                 :      * the value earlier, as the GUC was not yet initialized.  We handle -C
                               1048                 :      * for most GUCs before we lock the data directory so that the option may
                               1049                 :      * be used on a running server.  However, a handful of GUCs are runtime-
                               1050                 :      * computed and do not have meaningful values until after locking the data
                               1051                 :      * directory, and we cannot safely calculate their values earlier on a
                               1052                 :      * running server.  At this point, such GUCs should be properly
                               1053                 :      * initialized, and we haven't yet set up shared memory, so this is a good
  570 michael                  1054                 :      * time to handle the -C option for these special GUCs.
                               1055                 :      */
  570 michael                  1056 GIC         595 :     if (output_config_variable != NULL)
                               1057                 :     {
                               1058               1 :         const char *config_val = GetConfigOption(output_config_variable,
                               1059                 :                                                  false, false);
  570 michael                  1060 ECB             : 
  570 michael                  1061 GIC           1 :         puts(config_val ? config_val : "");
                               1062               1 :         ExitPostmaster(0);
                               1063                 :     }
                               1064                 : 
 1306 tgl                      1065 ECB             :     /*
                               1066                 :      * Set up shared memory and semaphores.
                               1067                 :      *
                               1068                 :      * Note: if using SysV shmem and/or semas, each postmaster startup will
                               1069                 :      * normally choose the same IPC keys.  This helps ensure that we will
                               1070                 :      * clean up dead IPC objects if the postmaster crashes and is restarted.
                               1071                 :      */
  267 tgl                      1072 GNC         594 :     CreateSharedMemoryAndSemaphores();
                               1073                 : 
                               1074                 :     /*
 1306 tgl                      1075 ECB             :      * Estimate number of openable files.  This must happen after setting up
                               1076                 :      * semaphores, because on some platforms semaphores count as open files.
                               1077                 :      */
 1306 tgl                      1078 GIC         593 :     set_max_safe_fds();
                               1079                 : 
                               1080                 :     /*
                               1081                 :      * Set reference point for stack-depth checking.
                               1082                 :      */
  416                          1083             593 :     (void) set_stack_base();
                               1084                 : 
                               1085                 :     /*
                               1086                 :      * Initialize pipe (or process handle on Windows) that allows children to
                               1087                 :      * wake up from sleep on postmaster death.
                               1088                 :      */
 1306                          1089             593 :     InitPostmasterDeathWatchHandle();
                               1090                 : 
                               1091                 : #ifdef WIN32
                               1092                 : 
                               1093                 :     /*
                               1094                 :      * Initialize I/O completion port used to deliver list of dead children.
                               1095                 :      */
                               1096                 :     win32ChildQueue = CreateIoCompletionPort(INVALID_HANDLE_VALUE, NULL, 0, 1);
                               1097                 :     if (win32ChildQueue == NULL)
                               1098                 :         ereport(FATAL,
                               1099                 :                 (errmsg("could not create I/O completion port for child queue")));
                               1100                 : #endif
                               1101                 : 
                               1102                 : #ifdef EXEC_BACKEND
                               1103                 :     /* Write out nondefault GUC settings for child processes to use */
                               1104                 :     write_nondefault_variables(PGC_POSTMASTER);
                               1105                 : 
                               1106                 :     /*
                               1107                 :      * Clean out the temp directory used to transmit parameters to child
                               1108                 :      * processes (see internal_forkexec, below).  We must do this before
                               1109                 :      * launching any child processes, else we have a race condition: we could
                               1110                 :      * remove a parameter file before the child can read it.  It should be
                               1111                 :      * safe to do so now, because we verified earlier that there are no
                               1112                 :      * conflicting Postgres processes in this data directory.
                               1113                 :      */
                               1114                 :     RemovePgTempFilesInDir(PG_TEMP_FILES_DIR, true, false);
                               1115                 : #endif
                               1116                 : 
                               1117                 :     /*
                               1118                 :      * Forcibly remove the files signaling a standby promotion request.
                               1119                 :      * Otherwise, the existence of those files triggers a promotion too early,
 1306 tgl                      1120 ECB             :      * whether a user wants that or not.
                               1121                 :      *
                               1122                 :      * This removal of files is usually unnecessary because they can exist
                               1123                 :      * only during a few moments during a standby promotion. However there is
                               1124                 :      * a race condition: if pg_ctl promote is executed and creates the files
                               1125                 :      * during a promotion, the files can stay around even after the server is
  970                          1126                 :      * brought up to be the primary.  Then, if a new standby starts by using
  970 tgl                      1127 EUB             :      * the backup taken from the new primary, the files can exist at server
                               1128                 :      * startup and must be removed in order to avoid an unexpected promotion.
                               1129                 :      *
                               1130                 :      * Note that promotion signal files need to be removed before the startup
                               1131                 :      * process is invoked. Because, after that, they can be used by
                               1132                 :      * postmaster's SIGUSR1 signal handler.
                               1133                 :      */
 1306 tgl                      1134 GIC         593 :     RemovePromoteSignalFiles();
 1306 tgl                      1135 ECB             : 
                               1136                 :     /* Do the same for logrotate signal file */
 1306 tgl                      1137 GIC         593 :     RemoveLogrotateSignalFiles();
                               1138                 : 
                               1139                 :     /* Remove any outdated file holding the current log filenames. */
                               1140             593 :     if (unlink(LOG_METAINFO_DATAFILE) < 0 && errno != ENOENT)
 1306 tgl                      1141 UIC           0 :         ereport(LOG,
                               1142                 :                 (errcode_for_file_access(),
                               1143                 :                  errmsg("could not remove file \"%s\": %m",
                               1144                 :                         LOG_METAINFO_DATAFILE)));
                               1145                 : 
                               1146                 :     /*
                               1147                 :      * If enabled, start up syslogger collection subprocess
 1306 tgl                      1148 ECB             :      */
 1306 tgl                      1149 GBC         593 :     SysLoggerPID = SysLogger_Start();
                               1150                 : 
                               1151                 :     /*
                               1152                 :      * Reset whereToSendOutput from DestDebug (its starting state) to
                               1153                 :      * DestNone. This stops ereport from sending log messages to stderr unless
 1306 tgl                      1154 ECB             :      * Log_destination permits.  We don't do this until the postmaster is
                               1155                 :      * fully launched, since startup failures may as well be reported to
                               1156                 :      * stderr.
                               1157                 :      *
                               1158                 :      * If we are in fact disabling logging to stderr, first emit a log message
                               1159                 :      * saying so, to provide a breadcrumb trail for users who may not remember
                               1160                 :      * that their logging is configured to go somewhere else.
                               1161                 :      */
 1306 tgl                      1162 GIC         593 :     if (!(Log_destination & LOG_DESTINATION_STDERR))
 1306 tgl                      1163 UIC           0 :         ereport(LOG,
                               1164                 :                 (errmsg("ending log output to stderr"),
                               1165                 :                  errhint("Future log output will go to log destination \"%s\".",
                               1166                 :                          Log_destination_string)));
                               1167                 : 
 1306 tgl                      1168 GIC         593 :     whereToSendOutput = DestNone;
                               1169                 : 
 1306 tgl                      1170 ECB             :     /*
                               1171                 :      * Report server startup in log.  While we could emit this much earlier,
                               1172                 :      * it seems best to do so after starting the log collector, if we intend
                               1173                 :      * to use one.
                               1174                 :      */
 1530 peter                    1175 CBC         593 :     ereport(LOG,
                               1176                 :             (errmsg("starting %s", PG_VERSION_STR)));
                               1177                 : 
                               1178                 :     /*
                               1179                 :      * Establish input sockets.
 2807 tgl                      1180 ECB             :      *
                               1181                 :      * First, mark them all closed, and set up an on_proc_exit function that's
                               1182                 :      * charged with closing the sockets again at postmaster shutdown.
 8183                          1183                 :      */
 7241 bruce                    1184 GIC       38545 :     for (i = 0; i < MAXLISTEN; i++)
 4837 magnus                   1185           37952 :         ListenSocket[i] = PGINVALID_SOCKET;
 7200 tgl                      1186 ECB             : 
 2807 tgl                      1187 GIC         593 :     on_proc_exit(CloseServerPorts, 0);
                               1188                 : 
 6956 tgl                      1189 GBC         593 :     if (ListenAddresses)
                               1190                 :     {
                               1191                 :         char       *rawstring;
                               1192                 :         List       *elemlist;
                               1193                 :         ListCell   *l;
 6492 peter_e                  1194 GIC         593 :         int         success = 0;
 6956 tgl                      1195 ECB             : 
                               1196                 :         /* Need a modifiable copy of ListenAddresses */
 6818 tgl                      1197 CBC         593 :         rawstring = pstrdup(ListenAddresses);
                               1198                 : 
 3894 tgl                      1199 ECB             :         /* Parse string into list of hostnames */
 1243 tgl                      1200 GBC         593 :         if (!SplitGUCList(rawstring, ',', &elemlist))
 8397 bruce                    1201 EUB             :         {
                               1202                 :             /* syntax error in list */
 6818 tgl                      1203 UIC           0 :             ereport(FATAL,
                               1204                 :                     (errcode(ERRCODE_INVALID_PARAMETER_VALUE),
 3510 alvherre                 1205 ECB             :                      errmsg("invalid list syntax in parameter \"%s\"",
                               1206                 :                             "listen_addresses")));
                               1207                 :         }
                               1208                 : 
 6818 tgl                      1209 GIC         627 :         foreach(l, elemlist)
 6818 tgl                      1210 ECB             :         {
 6797 bruce                    1211 GIC          34 :             char       *curhost = (char *) lfirst(l);
 6818 tgl                      1212 ECB             : 
 6891 bruce                    1213 GIC          34 :             if (strcmp(curhost, "*") == 0)
 6956 tgl                      1214 LBC           0 :                 status = StreamServerPort(AF_UNSPEC, NULL,
 6956 tgl                      1215 UIC           0 :                                           (unsigned short) PostPortNumber,
 3894 tgl                      1216 ECB             :                                           NULL,
 6956                          1217                 :                                           ListenSocket, MAXLISTEN);
                               1218                 :             else
 7200 tgl                      1219 GIC          34 :                 status = StreamServerPort(AF_UNSPEC, curhost,
                               1220              34 :                                           (unsigned short) PostPortNumber,
 3894 tgl                      1221 EUB             :                                           NULL,
                               1222                 :                                           ListenSocket, MAXLISTEN);
                               1223                 : 
 6492 peter_e                  1224 GIC          34 :             if (status == STATUS_OK)
                               1225                 :             {
 6492 peter_e                  1226 CBC          34 :                 success++;
 4469 tgl                      1227 EUB             :                 /* record the first successful host addr in lockfile */
 4469 tgl                      1228 GIC          34 :                 if (!listen_addr_saved)
                               1229                 :                 {
 4469 tgl                      1230 CBC          34 :                     AddToDataDirLockFile(LOCK_FILE_LINE_LISTEN_ADDR, curhost);
                               1231              34 :                     listen_addr_saved = true;
                               1232                 :                 }
                               1233                 :             }
                               1234                 :             else
 6956 tgl                      1235 UIC           0 :                 ereport(WARNING,
                               1236                 :                         (errmsg("could not create listen socket for \"%s\"",
                               1237                 :                                 curhost)));
                               1238                 :         }
                               1239                 : 
 3894 tgl                      1240 GIC         593 :         if (!success && elemlist != NIL)
 6492 peter_e                  1241 UIC           0 :             ereport(FATAL,
                               1242                 :                     (errmsg("could not create any TCP/IP sockets")));
                               1243                 : 
 6818 tgl                      1244 GIC         593 :         list_free(elemlist);
                               1245             593 :         pfree(rawstring);
                               1246                 :     }
                               1247                 : 
                               1248                 : #ifdef USE_BONJOUR
                               1249                 :     /* Register for Bonjour only if we opened TCP socket(s) */
                               1250                 :     if (enable_bonjour && ListenSocket[0] != PGINVALID_SOCKET)
                               1251                 :     {
                               1252                 :         DNSServiceErrorType err;
                               1253                 : 
                               1254                 :         /*
                               1255                 :          * We pass 0 for interface_index, which will result in registering on
                               1256                 :          * all "applicable" interfaces.  It's not entirely clear from the
                               1257                 :          * DNS-SD docs whether this would be appropriate if we have bound to
                               1258                 :          * just a subset of the available network interfaces.
                               1259                 :          */
                               1260                 :         err = DNSServiceRegister(&bonjour_sdref,
                               1261                 :                                  0,
                               1262                 :                                  0,
                               1263                 :                                  bonjour_name,
                               1264                 :                                  "_postgresql._tcp.",
                               1265                 :                                  NULL,
                               1266                 :                                  NULL,
                               1267                 :                                  pg_hton16(PostPortNumber),
                               1268                 :                                  0,
                               1269                 :                                  NULL,
                               1270                 :                                  NULL,
                               1271                 :                                  NULL);
                               1272                 :         if (err != kDNSServiceErr_NoError)
  856 peter                    1273 ECB             :             ereport(LOG,
                               1274                 :                     (errmsg("DNSServiceRegister() failed: error code %ld",
                               1275                 :                             (long) err)));
                               1276                 : 
                               1277                 :         /*
 4790 bruce                    1278                 :          * We don't bother to read the mDNS daemon's reply, and we expect that
                               1279                 :          * it will automatically terminate our registration when the socket is
                               1280                 :          * closed at postmaster termination.  So there's nothing more to be
                               1281                 :          * done here.  However, the bonjour_sdref is kept around so that
                               1282                 :          * forked children can close their copies of the socket.
                               1283                 :          */
 9281                          1284                 :     }
                               1285                 : #endif
                               1286                 : 
 3894 tgl                      1287 GIC         593 :     if (Unix_socket_directories)
                               1288                 :     {
                               1289                 :         char       *rawstring;
                               1290                 :         List       *elemlist;
                               1291                 :         ListCell   *l;
 3894 tgl                      1292 CBC         593 :         int         success = 0;
                               1293                 : 
 3894 tgl                      1294 ECB             :         /* Need a modifiable copy of Unix_socket_directories */
 3894 tgl                      1295 GIC         593 :         rawstring = pstrdup(Unix_socket_directories);
 3894 tgl                      1296 ECB             : 
                               1297                 :         /* Parse string into list of directories */
 3894 tgl                      1298 GIC         593 :         if (!SplitDirectoriesString(rawstring, ',', &elemlist))
                               1299                 :         {
                               1300                 :             /* syntax error in list */
 3894 tgl                      1301 LBC           0 :             ereport(FATAL,
                               1302                 :                     (errcode(ERRCODE_INVALID_PARAMETER_VALUE),
 3510 alvherre                 1303 ECB             :                      errmsg("invalid list syntax in parameter \"%s\"",
                               1304                 :                             "unix_socket_directories")));
 3894 tgl                      1305                 :         }
                               1306                 : 
 3894 tgl                      1307 GIC        1183 :         foreach(l, elemlist)
                               1308                 :         {
 3894 tgl                      1309 GBC         590 :             char       *socketdir = (char *) lfirst(l);
                               1310                 : 
 3894 tgl                      1311 GIC         590 :             status = StreamServerPort(AF_UNIX, NULL,
                               1312             590 :                                       (unsigned short) PostPortNumber,
                               1313                 :                                       socketdir,
 3894 tgl                      1314 ECB             :                                       ListenSocket, MAXLISTEN);
 3894 tgl                      1315 EUB             : 
 3894 tgl                      1316 GIC         590 :             if (status == STATUS_OK)
                               1317                 :             {
 3894 tgl                      1318 CBC         590 :                 success++;
 3894 tgl                      1319 ECB             :                 /* record the first successful Unix socket in lockfile */
 3894 tgl                      1320 GIC         590 :                 if (success == 1)
                               1321             590 :                     AddToDataDirLockFile(LOCK_FILE_LINE_SOCKET_DIR, socketdir);
                               1322                 :             }
                               1323                 :             else
 3894 tgl                      1324 UIC           0 :                 ereport(WARNING,
 3894 tgl                      1325 ECB             :                         (errmsg("could not create Unix-domain socket in directory \"%s\"",
 3894 tgl                      1326 EUB             :                                 socketdir)));
                               1327                 :         }
                               1328                 : 
 3894 tgl                      1329 GIC         593 :         if (!success && elemlist != NIL)
 3894 tgl                      1330 UIC           0 :             ereport(FATAL,
                               1331                 :                     (errmsg("could not create any Unix-domain sockets")));
                               1332                 : 
 3894 tgl                      1333 GIC         593 :         list_free_deep(elemlist);
 3894 tgl                      1334 CBC         593 :         pfree(rawstring);
 3894 tgl                      1335 ECB             :     }
                               1336                 : 
                               1337                 :     /*
                               1338                 :      * check that we have some socket to listen on
                               1339                 :      */
 4837 magnus                   1340 CBC         593 :     if (ListenSocket[0] == PGINVALID_SOCKET)
 6956 tgl                      1341 UBC           0 :         ereport(FATAL,
                               1342                 :                 (errmsg("no socket created for listening")));
                               1343                 : 
                               1344                 :     /*
                               1345                 :      * If no valid TCP ports, write an empty line for listen address,
 4469 tgl                      1346 ECB             :      * indicating the Unix socket must be used.  Note that this line is not
                               1347                 :      * added to the lock file until there is a socket backing it.
 4469 tgl                      1348 EUB             :      */
 4469 tgl                      1349 GIC         593 :     if (!listen_addr_saved)
 4469 tgl                      1350 GBC         559 :         AddToDataDirLockFile(LOCK_FILE_LINE_LISTEN_ADDR, "");
                               1351                 : 
 8166 tgl                      1352 EUB             :     /*
 6385 bruce                    1353                 :      * Record postmaster options.  We delay this till now to avoid recording
                               1354                 :      * bogus options (eg, unusable port number).
                               1355                 :      */
 6905 bruce                    1356 GBC         593 :     if (!CreateOptsFile(argc, argv, my_exec_path))
 8166 tgl                      1357 UBC           0 :         ExitPostmaster(1);
 8397 bruce                    1358 EUB             : 
                               1359                 :     /*
                               1360                 :      * Write the external PID file if requested
 6757 tgl                      1361                 :      */
 6756 tgl                      1362 GBC         593 :     if (external_pid_file)
                               1363                 :     {
 6756 tgl                      1364 UBC           0 :         FILE       *fpidfile = fopen(external_pid_file, "w");
                               1365                 : 
 6757 tgl                      1366 UIC           0 :         if (fpidfile)
                               1367                 :         {
                               1368               0 :             fprintf(fpidfile, "%d\n", MyProcPid);
                               1369               0 :             fclose(fpidfile);
                               1370                 : 
 4312 peter_e                  1371 ECB             :             /* Make PID file world readable */
 4312 peter_e                  1372 UIC           0 :             if (chmod(external_pid_file, S_IRUSR | S_IWUSR | S_IRGRP | S_IROTH) != 0)
                               1373               0 :                 write_stderr("%s: could not change permissions of external PID file \"%s\": %s\n",
                               1374               0 :                              progname, external_pid_file, strerror(errno));
                               1375                 :         }
 6757 tgl                      1376 ECB             :         else
 6753 peter_e                  1377 UIC           0 :             write_stderr("%s: could not write external PID file \"%s\": %s\n",
 6756 tgl                      1378               0 :                          progname, external_pid_file, strerror(errno));
                               1379                 : 
 3884 peter_e                  1380               0 :         on_proc_exit(unlink_external_pid_file, 0);
 6757 tgl                      1381 ECB             :     }
                               1382                 : 
                               1383                 :     /*
                               1384                 :      * Remove old temporary files.  At this point there can be no other
                               1385                 :      * Postgres processes running in this directory, so this should be safe.
                               1386                 :      */
 3008 andres                   1387 GBC         593 :     RemovePgTempFiles();
                               1388                 : 
                               1389                 :     /*
                               1390                 :      * Initialize the autovacuum subsystem (again, no process start yet)
 8166 tgl                      1391 ECB             :      */
 6102 tgl                      1392 GIC         593 :     autovac_init();
                               1393                 : 
                               1394                 :     /*
                               1395                 :      * Load configuration files for client authentication.
                               1396                 :      */
 4976                          1397             593 :     if (!load_hba())
                               1398                 :     {
                               1399                 :         /*
                               1400                 :          * It makes no sense to continue if we fail to load the HBA file,
                               1401                 :          * since there is no way to connect to the database in this case.
                               1402                 :          */
 4976 tgl                      1403 UIC           0 :         ereport(FATAL,
                               1404                 :         /* translator: %s is a configuration file */
                               1405                 :                 (errmsg("could not load %s", HbaFileName)));
                               1406                 :     }
 3852 heikki.linnakangas       1407 GIC         593 :     if (!load_ident())
                               1408                 :     {
                               1409                 :         /*
                               1410                 :          * We can start up without the IDENT file, although it means that you
                               1411                 :          * cannot log in using any of the authentication methods that need a
                               1412                 :          * user name mapping. load_ident() already logged the details of error
                               1413                 :          * to the log.
                               1414                 :          */
                               1415                 :     }
                               1416                 : 
                               1417                 : #ifdef HAVE_PTHREAD_IS_THREADED_NP
                               1418                 : 
                               1419                 :     /*
                               1420                 :      * On macOS, libintl replaces setlocale() with a version that calls
                               1421                 :      * CFLocaleCopyCurrent() when its second argument is "" and every relevant
                               1422                 :      * environment variable is unset or empty.  CFLocaleCopyCurrent() makes
 3014 noah                     1423 ECB             :      * the process multithreaded.  The postmaster calls sigprocmask() and
                               1424                 :      * calls fork() without an immediate exec(), both of which have undefined
                               1425                 :      * behavior in a multithreaded program.  A multithreaded postmaster is the
                               1426                 :      * normal case on Windows, which offers neither fork() nor sigprocmask().
                               1427                 :      */
                               1428                 :     if (pthread_is_threaded_np() != 0)
                               1429                 :         ereport(FATAL,
                               1430                 :                 (errcode(ERRCODE_OBJECT_NOT_IN_PREREQUISITE_STATE),
                               1431                 :                  errmsg("postmaster became multithreaded during startup"),
 2118 tgl                      1432                 :                  errhint("Set the LC_ALL environment variable to a valid locale.")));
 3014 noah                     1433                 : #endif
                               1434                 : 
 6508 bruce                    1435                 :     /*
                               1436                 :      * Remember postmaster startup time
                               1437                 :      */
 6493 tgl                      1438 GIC         593 :     PgStartTime = GetCurrentTimestamp();
                               1439                 : 
 2111 tgl                      1440 ECB             :     /*
                               1441                 :      * Report postmaster status in the postmaster.pid file, to allow pg_ctl to
                               1442                 :      * see what's happening.
                               1443                 :      */
 2111 tgl                      1444 GIC         593 :     AddToDataDirLockFile(LOCK_FILE_LINE_PM_STATUS, PM_STATUS_STARTING);
                               1445                 : 
  615 tmunro                   1446 ECB             :     /* Start bgwriter and checkpointer so they can help with recovery */
  615 tmunro                   1447 GIC         593 :     if (CheckpointerPID == 0)
  615 tmunro                   1448 CBC         593 :         CheckpointerPID = StartCheckpointer();
  615 tmunro                   1449 GIC         593 :     if (BgWriterPID == 0)
                               1450             593 :         BgWriterPID = StartBackgroundWriter();
                               1451                 : 
                               1452                 :     /*
 6102 tgl                      1453 EUB             :      * We're ready to rock and roll...
                               1454                 :      */
 6102 tgl                      1455 GIC         593 :     StartupPID = StartupDataBase();
 5722                          1456             593 :     Assert(StartupPID != 0);
 2831                          1457             593 :     StartupStatus = STARTUP_RUNNING;
 5722                          1458             593 :     pmState = PM_STARTUP;
                               1459                 : 
                               1460                 :     /* Some workers may be scheduled to start now */
 2174                          1461             593 :     maybe_start_bgworkers();
                               1462                 : 
 9345 bruce                    1463 CBC         593 :     status = ServerLoop();
                               1464                 : 
                               1465                 :     /*
                               1466                 :      * ServerLoop probably shouldn't ever return, but if it does, close down.
                               1467                 :      */
 9345 bruce                    1468 UIC           0 :     ExitPostmaster(status != STATUS_OK);
                               1469                 : 
                               1470                 :     abort();                    /* not reached */
                               1471                 : }
                               1472                 : 
 6890 tgl                      1473 ECB             : 
                               1474                 : /*
 2807                          1475                 :  * on_proc_exit callback to close server's listen sockets
                               1476                 :  */
                               1477                 : static void
 2807 tgl                      1478 CBC         593 : CloseServerPorts(int status, Datum arg)
                               1479                 : {
                               1480                 :     int         i;
                               1481                 : 
                               1482                 :     /*
                               1483                 :      * First, explicitly close all the socket FDs.  We used to just let this
                               1484                 :      * happen implicitly at postmaster exit, but it's better to close them
                               1485                 :      * before we remove the postmaster.pid lockfile; otherwise there's a race
                               1486                 :      * condition if a new postmaster wants to re-use the TCP port number.
 2807 tgl                      1487 ECB             :      */
 2807 tgl                      1488 GIC       38545 :     for (i = 0; i < MAXLISTEN; i++)
                               1489                 :     {
                               1490           37952 :         if (ListenSocket[i] != PGINVALID_SOCKET)
                               1491                 :         {
                               1492             624 :             StreamClose(ListenSocket[i]);
 2807 tgl                      1493 CBC         624 :             ListenSocket[i] = PGINVALID_SOCKET;
                               1494                 :         }
                               1495                 :     }
                               1496                 : 
                               1497                 :     /*
                               1498                 :      * Next, remove any filesystem entries for Unix sockets.  To avoid race
 2807 tgl                      1499 EUB             :      * conditions against incoming postmasters, this must happen after closing
                               1500                 :      * the sockets and before removing lock files.
                               1501                 :      */
 2807 tgl                      1502 GBC         593 :     RemoveSocketFiles();
 2807 tgl                      1503 EUB             : 
                               1504                 :     /*
                               1505                 :      * We don't do anything about socket lock files here; those will be
                               1506                 :      * removed in a later on_proc_exit callback.
                               1507                 :      */
 2807 tgl                      1508 GIC         593 : }
                               1509                 : 
                               1510                 : /*
 3884 peter_e                  1511 ECB             :  * on_proc_exit callback to delete external_pid_file
                               1512                 :  */
                               1513                 : static void
 3884 peter_e                  1514 UIC           0 : unlink_external_pid_file(int status, Datum arg)
                               1515                 : {
 3884 peter_e                  1516 LBC           0 :     if (external_pid_file)
 3884 peter_e                  1517 UBC           0 :         unlink(external_pid_file);
 3884 peter_e                  1518 UIC           0 : }
                               1519                 : 
                               1520                 : 
                               1521                 : /*
                               1522                 :  * Compute and check the directory paths to files that are part of the
                               1523                 :  * installation (as deduced from the postgres executable's own location)
                               1524                 :  */
                               1525                 : static void
 5090 tgl                      1526 GIC         601 : getInstallationPaths(const char *argv0)
                               1527                 : {
                               1528                 :     DIR        *pdir;
                               1529                 : 
                               1530                 :     /* Locate the postgres executable itself */
                               1531             601 :     if (find_my_exec(argv0, my_exec_path) < 0)
  856 peter                    1532 UIC           0 :         ereport(FATAL,
  856 peter                    1533 ECB             :                 (errmsg("%s: could not locate my own executable path", argv0)));
                               1534                 : 
                               1535                 : #ifdef EXEC_BACKEND
                               1536                 :     /* Locate executable backend before we change working directory */
                               1537                 :     if (find_other_exec(argv0, "postgres", PG_BACKEND_VERSIONSTR,
                               1538                 :                         postgres_exec_path) < 0)
                               1539                 :         ereport(FATAL,
                               1540                 :                 (errmsg("%s: could not locate matching postgres executable",
                               1541                 :                         argv0)));
 5090 tgl                      1542                 : #endif
                               1543                 : 
 5090 tgl                      1544 EUB             :     /*
                               1545                 :      * Locate the pkglib directory --- this has to be set early in case we try
                               1546                 :      * to load any modules from it in response to postgresql.conf entries.
                               1547                 :      */
 5090 tgl                      1548 GIC         601 :     get_pkglib_path(my_exec_path, pkglib_path);
                               1549                 : 
 5090 tgl                      1550 ECB             :     /*
                               1551                 :      * Verify that there's a readable directory there; otherwise the Postgres
                               1552                 :      * installation is incomplete or corrupt.  (A typical cause of this
                               1553                 :      * failure is that the postgres executable has been moved or hardlinked to
                               1554                 :      * some directory that's not a sibling of the installation lib/
                               1555                 :      * directory.)
                               1556                 :      */
 5090 tgl                      1557 GIC         601 :     pdir = AllocateDir(pkglib_path);
                               1558             601 :     if (pdir == NULL)
 5090 tgl                      1559 UIC           0 :         ereport(ERROR,
                               1560                 :                 (errcode_for_file_access(),
                               1561                 :                  errmsg("could not open directory \"%s\": %m",
                               1562                 :                         pkglib_path),
                               1563                 :                  errhint("This may indicate an incomplete PostgreSQL installation, or that the file \"%s\" has been moved away from its proper location.",
                               1564                 :                          my_exec_path)));
 5090 tgl                      1565 CBC         601 :     FreeDir(pdir);
                               1566                 : 
                               1567                 :     /*
                               1568                 :      * XXX is it worth similarly checking the share/ directory?  If the lib/
                               1569                 :      * directory is there, then share/ probably is too.
 5090 tgl                      1570 ECB             :      */
 5090 tgl                      1571 GIC         601 : }
 5090 tgl                      1572 ECB             : 
 6890                          1573                 : /*
                               1574                 :  * Check that pg_control exists in the correct location in the data directory.
 1828 sfrost                   1575 EUB             :  *
                               1576                 :  * No attempt is made to validate the contents of pg_control here.  This is
                               1577                 :  * just a sanity check to see if we are looking at a real data directory.
 6890 tgl                      1578                 :  */
                               1579                 : static void
 1828 sfrost                   1580 GIC         599 : checkControlFile(void)
 6890 tgl                      1581 ECB             : {
                               1582                 :     char        path[MAXPGPATH];
                               1583                 :     FILE       *fp;
                               1584                 : 
 6757 tgl                      1585 GIC         599 :     snprintf(path, sizeof(path), "%s/global/pg_control", DataDir);
                               1586                 : 
 6890                          1587             599 :     fp = AllocateFile(path, PG_BINARY_R);
                               1588             599 :     if (fp == NULL)
                               1589                 :     {
 6836 bruce                    1590 UIC           0 :         write_stderr("%s: could not find the database system\n"
                               1591                 :                      "Expected to find it in the directory \"%s\",\n"
                               1592                 :                      "but could not open file \"%s\": %s\n",
 6757 tgl                      1593               0 :                      progname, DataDir, path, strerror(errno));
 6890 tgl                      1594 LBC           0 :         ExitPostmaster(2);
                               1595                 :     }
 6890 tgl                      1596 CBC         599 :     FreeFile(fp);
 6890 tgl                      1597 GIC         599 : }
                               1598                 : 
                               1599                 : /*
                               1600                 :  * Determine how long should we let ServerLoop sleep, in milliseconds.
                               1601                 :  *
 3776 alvherre                 1602 ECB             :  * In normal conditions we wait at most one minute, to ensure that the other
                               1603                 :  * background tasks handled by ServerLoop get done even when no requests are
                               1604                 :  * arriving.  However, if there are background workers waiting to be started,
 2851 tgl                      1605                 :  * we don't actually sleep so that they are quickly serviced.  Other exception
                               1606                 :  * cases are as shown in the code.
                               1607                 :  */
                               1608                 : static int
   87 tmunro                   1609 GNC       25393 : DetermineSleepTime(void)
 3776 alvherre                 1610 ECB             : {
 3776 alvherre                 1611 CBC       25393 :     TimestampTz next_wakeup = 0;
                               1612                 : 
 3776 alvherre                 1613 ECB             :     /*
                               1614                 :      * Normal case: either there are no background workers at all, or we're in
                               1615                 :      * a shutdown sequence (during which we ignore bgworkers altogether).
                               1616                 :      */
 3776 alvherre                 1617 GIC       25393 :     if (Shutdown > NoShutdown ||
                               1618           22349 :         (!StartWorkerNeeded && !HaveCrashedWorker))
 3776 alvherre                 1619 EUB             :     {
 2851 tgl                      1620 GBC       25393 :         if (AbortStartTime != 0)
                               1621                 :         {
                               1622                 :             int         seconds;
                               1623                 : 
 3473 alvherre                 1624 EUB             :             /* time left to abort; clamp to 0 in case it already expired */
   87 tmunro                   1625 GNC         932 :             seconds = SIGKILL_CHILDREN_AFTER_SECS -
 2851 tgl                      1626 GIC         932 :                 (time(NULL) - AbortStartTime);
                               1627                 : 
   87 tmunro                   1628 GNC         932 :             return Max(seconds * 1000, 0);
                               1629                 :         }
                               1630                 :         else
                               1631           24461 :             return 60 * 1000;
                               1632                 :     }
                               1633                 : 
 3776 alvherre                 1634 UIC           0 :     if (StartWorkerNeeded)
   87 tmunro                   1635 UNC           0 :         return 0;
 3776 alvherre                 1636 EUB             : 
 3776 alvherre                 1637 UBC           0 :     if (HaveCrashedWorker)
                               1638                 :     {
 3260 bruce                    1639 EUB             :         slist_mutable_iter siter;
 3776 alvherre                 1640                 : 
                               1641                 :         /*
                               1642                 :          * When there are crashed bgworkers, we sleep just long enough that
 3260 bruce                    1643                 :          * they are restarted when they request to be.  Scan the list to
                               1644                 :          * determine the minimum of all wakeup times according to most recent
 3776 alvherre                 1645                 :          * crash time and requested restart interval.
                               1646                 :          */
 3554 rhaas                    1647 UIC           0 :         slist_foreach_modify(siter, &BackgroundWorkerList)
                               1648                 :         {
                               1649                 :             RegisteredBgWorker *rw;
 3776 alvherre                 1650 EUB             :             TimestampTz this_wakeup;
                               1651                 : 
 3776 alvherre                 1652 UIC           0 :             rw = slist_container(RegisteredBgWorker, rw_lnode, siter.cur);
                               1653                 : 
                               1654               0 :             if (rw->rw_crashed_at == 0)
 3776 alvherre                 1655 UBC           0 :                 continue;
                               1656                 : 
 3460 rhaas                    1657               0 :             if (rw->rw_worker.bgw_restart_time == BGW_NEVER_RESTART
 3460 rhaas                    1658 UIC           0 :                 || rw->rw_terminate)
                               1659                 :             {
 3546 tgl                      1660 UBC           0 :                 ForgetBackgroundWorker(&siter);
 3776 alvherre                 1661 UIC           0 :                 continue;
                               1662                 :             }
                               1663                 : 
                               1664               0 :             this_wakeup = TimestampTzPlusMilliseconds(rw->rw_crashed_at,
                               1665                 :                                                       1000L * rw->rw_worker.bgw_restart_time);
                               1666               0 :             if (next_wakeup == 0 || this_wakeup < next_wakeup)
                               1667               0 :                 next_wakeup = this_wakeup;
                               1668                 :         }
                               1669                 :     }
                               1670                 : 
                               1671               0 :     if (next_wakeup != 0)
                               1672                 :     {
                               1673                 :         int         ms;
                               1674                 : 
                               1675                 :         /* result of TimestampDifferenceMilliseconds is in [0, INT_MAX] */
   73 tgl                      1676 UNC           0 :         ms = (int) TimestampDifferenceMilliseconds(GetCurrentTimestamp(),
                               1677                 :                                                    next_wakeup);
                               1678               0 :         return Min(60 * 1000, ms);
 3776 alvherre                 1679 ECB             :     }
                               1680                 : 
   87 tmunro                   1681 UNC           0 :     return 60 * 1000;
                               1682                 : }
                               1683                 : 
                               1684                 : /*
                               1685                 :  * Activate or deactivate notifications of server socket events.  Since we
                               1686                 :  * don't currently have a way to remove events from an existing WaitEventSet,
                               1687                 :  * we'll just destroy and recreate the whole thing.  This is called during
                               1688                 :  * shutdown so we can wait for backends to exit without accepting new
                               1689                 :  * connections, and during crash reinitialization when we need to start
                               1690                 :  * listening for new connections again.  The WaitEventSet will be freed in fork
                               1691                 :  * children by ClosePostmasterPorts().
                               1692                 :  */
                               1693                 : static void
   87 tmunro                   1694 GNC        1203 : ConfigurePostmasterWaitSet(bool accept_connections)
                               1695                 : {
                               1696                 :     int         nsockets;
                               1697                 : 
                               1698            1203 :     if (pm_wait_set)
                               1699             610 :         FreeWaitEventSet(pm_wait_set);
                               1700            1203 :     pm_wait_set = NULL;
                               1701                 : 
                               1702                 :     /* How many server sockets do we need to wait for? */
                               1703            1203 :     nsockets = 0;
                               1704            1203 :     if (accept_connections)
                               1705                 :     {
                               1706            1225 :         while (nsockets < MAXLISTEN &&
                               1707            1225 :                ListenSocket[nsockets] != PGINVALID_SOCKET)
                               1708             628 :             ++nsockets;
                               1709                 :     }
                               1710                 : 
                               1711            1203 :     pm_wait_set = CreateWaitEventSet(CurrentMemoryContext, 1 + nsockets);
                               1712            1203 :     AddWaitEventToSet(pm_wait_set, WL_LATCH_SET, PGINVALID_SOCKET, MyLatch,
                               1713                 :                       NULL);
                               1714                 : 
                               1715            1203 :     if (accept_connections)
                               1716                 :     {
                               1717            1225 :         for (int i = 0; i < nsockets; i++)
                               1718             628 :             AddWaitEventToSet(pm_wait_set, WL_SOCKET_ACCEPT, ListenSocket[i],
                               1719                 :                               NULL, NULL);
                               1720                 :     }
   87 tmunro                   1721 GIC        1203 : }
   87 tmunro                   1722 ECB             : 
                               1723                 : /*
 6889 tgl                      1724                 :  * Main idle loop of postmaster
                               1725                 :  */
 9364 bruce                    1726                 : static int
 9683 scrappy                  1727 GIC         593 : ServerLoop(void)
                               1728                 : {
                               1729                 :     time_t      last_lockfile_recheck_time,
 6889 tgl                      1730 ECB             :                 last_touch_time;
                               1731                 :     WaitEvent   events[MAXLISTEN];
                               1732                 :     int         nevents;
                               1733                 : 
   87 tmunro                   1734 GNC         593 :     ConfigurePostmasterWaitSet(true);
 2742 tgl                      1735 GIC         593 :     last_lockfile_recheck_time = last_touch_time = time(NULL);
                               1736                 : 
                               1737                 :     for (;;)
 9345 bruce                    1738 CBC       24800 :     {
                               1739                 :         time_t      now;
 2176 tgl                      1740 ECB             : 
   87 tmunro                   1741 GNC       25393 :         nevents = WaitEventSetWait(pm_wait_set,
                               1742           25393 :                                    DetermineSleepTime(),
                               1743                 :                                    events,
                               1744                 :                                    lengthof(events),
                               1745                 :                                    0 /* postmaster posts no wait_events */ );
 8202 tgl                      1746 ECB             : 
                               1747                 :         /*
                               1748                 :          * Latch set by signal handler, or new connection pending on any of
                               1749                 :          * our sockets? If the latter, fork a child process to deal with it.
                               1750                 :          */
   87 tmunro                   1751 GNC       50192 :         for (int i = 0; i < nevents; i++)
 9071 bruce                    1752 ECB             :         {
   87 tmunro                   1753 GNC       25392 :             if (events[i].events & WL_LATCH_SET)
                               1754           16557 :                 ResetLatch(MyLatch);
                               1755                 : 
                               1756                 :             /*
                               1757                 :              * The following requests are handled unconditionally, even if we
                               1758                 :              * didn't see WL_LATCH_SET.  This gives high priority to shutdown
                               1759                 :              * and reload requests where the latch happens to appear later in
                               1760                 :              * events[] or will be reported by a later call to
                               1761                 :              * WaitEventSetWait().
                               1762                 :              */
   74                          1763           25392 :             if (pending_pm_shutdown_request)
                               1764             590 :                 process_pm_shutdown_request();
                               1765           25392 :             if (pending_pm_reload_request)
                               1766             103 :                 process_pm_reload_request();
                               1767           25392 :             if (pending_pm_child_exit)
                               1768           13502 :                 process_pm_child_exit();
                               1769           24799 :             if (pending_pm_pmsignal)
                               1770            2363 :                 process_pm_pmsignal();
                               1771                 : 
                               1772           24799 :             if (events[i].events & WL_SOCKET_ACCEPT)
                               1773                 :             {
                               1774                 :                 Port       *port;
                               1775                 : 
   87                          1776            8835 :                 port = ConnCreate(events[i].fd);
                               1777            8835 :                 if (port)
 7241 bruce                    1778 ECB             :                 {
   87 tmunro                   1779 GNC        8835 :                     BackendStartup(port);
                               1780                 : 
                               1781                 :                     /*
                               1782                 :                      * We no longer need the open socket or port structure in
                               1783                 :                      * this process
                               1784                 :                      */
                               1785            8835 :                     StreamClose(port->sock);
                               1786            8835 :                     ConnFree(port);
 7241 bruce                    1787 EUB             :                 }
                               1788                 :             }
                               1789                 :         }
                               1790                 : 
                               1791                 :         /* If we have lost the log collector, try to start a new one */
 5712 andrew                   1792 GIC       24800 :         if (SysLoggerPID == 0 && Logging_collector)
 6821 tgl                      1793 UIC           0 :             SysLoggerPID = SysLogger_Start();
                               1794                 : 
 6889 tgl                      1795 ECB             :         /*
 6797 bruce                    1796                 :          * If no background writer process is running, and we are not in a
                               1797                 :          * state that prevents it, start one.  It doesn't matter if this
                               1798                 :          * fails, we'll just try again later.  Likewise for the checkpointer.
 6889 tgl                      1799 EUB             :          */
 4177 simon                    1800 GBC       24800 :         if (pmState == PM_RUN || pmState == PM_RECOVERY ||
  615 tmunro                   1801            4445 :             pmState == PM_HOT_STANDBY || pmState == PM_STARTUP)
                               1802                 :         {
 4177 simon                    1803 GIC       21749 :             if (CheckpointerPID == 0)
                               1804               4 :                 CheckpointerPID = StartCheckpointer();
 3964 simon                    1805 CBC       21749 :             if (BgWriterPID == 0)
 3964 simon                    1806 GBC           4 :                 BgWriterPID = StartBackgroundWriter();
                               1807                 :         }
                               1808                 : 
 5738 tgl                      1809 ECB             :         /*
                               1810                 :          * Likewise, if we have lost the walwriter process, try to start a new
 3985 tgl                      1811 EUB             :          * one.  But this is needed only in normal operation (else we cannot
                               1812                 :          * be writing any new WAL).
 5738                          1813                 :          */
 5722 tgl                      1814 GIC       24800 :         if (WalWriterPID == 0 && pmState == PM_RUN)
 5738 tgl                      1815 UIC           0 :             WalWriterPID = StartWalWriter();
                               1816                 : 
 4367 bruce                    1817 ECB             :         /*
 4322                          1818                 :          * If we have lost the autovacuum launcher, try to start a new one. We
                               1819                 :          * don't want autovacuum to run in binary upgrade mode because
                               1820                 :          * autovacuum might update relfrozenxid for empty tables before the
                               1821                 :          * physical files are put in place.
 4367                          1822                 :          */
 4367 bruce                    1823 GIC       28864 :         if (!IsBinaryUpgrade && AutoVacPID == 0 &&
 5761 tgl                      1824            5152 :             (AutoVacuumingActive() || start_autovac_launcher) &&
 5722                          1825            2976 :             pmState == PM_RUN)
                               1826                 :         {
 5897 alvherre                 1827 UIC           0 :             AutoVacPID = StartAutoVacLauncher();
 5999 tgl                      1828               0 :             if (AutoVacPID != 0)
 5624 bruce                    1829               0 :                 start_autovac_launcher = false; /* signal processed */
                               1830                 :         }
                               1831                 : 
                               1832                 :         /* If we have lost the archiver, try to start a new one. */
 2858 fujii                    1833 GIC       24800 :         if (PgArchPID == 0 && PgArchStartupAllowed())
  755 fujii                    1834 UIC           0 :             PgArchPID = StartArchiver();
                               1835                 : 
                               1836                 :         /* If we need to signal the autovacuum launcher, do so now */
 4976 alvherre                 1837 GIC       24800 :         if (avlauncher_needs_signal)
                               1838                 :         {
 4976 alvherre                 1839 UIC           0 :             avlauncher_needs_signal = false;
                               1840               0 :             if (AutoVacPID != 0)
 4969 tgl                      1841 LBC           0 :                 kill(AutoVacPID, SIGUSR2);
                               1842                 :         }
                               1843                 : 
                               1844                 :         /* If we need to start a WAL receiver, try to do that now */
 2113 tgl                      1845 GIC       24800 :         if (WalReceiverRequested)
                               1846             241 :             MaybeStartWalReceiver();
                               1847                 : 
                               1848                 :         /* Get other worker processes running, if needed */
 3776 alvherre                 1849           24800 :         if (StartWorkerNeeded || HaveCrashedWorker)
 2174 tgl                      1850            2885 :             maybe_start_bgworkers();
                               1851                 : 
 3014 noah                     1852 ECB             : #ifdef HAVE_PTHREAD_IS_THREADED_NP
                               1853                 : 
                               1854                 :         /*
                               1855                 :          * With assertions enabled, check regularly for appearance of
                               1856                 :          * additional threads.  All builds check at start and exit.
 3014 noah                     1857 EUB             :          */
                               1858                 :         Assert(pthread_is_threaded_np() == 0);
                               1859                 : #endif
                               1860                 : 
 2739 tgl                      1861                 :         /*
                               1862                 :          * Lastly, check to see if it's time to do some things that we don't
                               1863                 :          * want to do every single time through the loop, because they're a
                               1864                 :          * bit expensive.  Note that there's up to a minute of slop in when
                               1865                 :          * these tasks will be performed, since DetermineSleepTime() will let
                               1866                 :          * us sleep at most that long; except for SIGKILL timeout which has
                               1867                 :          * special-case logic there.
                               1868                 :          */
 2739 tgl                      1869 GIC       24800 :         now = time(NULL);
                               1870                 : 
                               1871                 :         /*
                               1872                 :          * If we already sent SIGQUIT to children and they are slow to shut
                               1873                 :          * down, it's time to send them SIGKILL (or SIGABRT if requested).
                               1874                 :          * This doesn't happen normally, but under certain conditions backends
                               1875                 :          * can get stuck while shutting down.  This is a last measure to get
                               1876                 :          * them unwedged.
 3572 alvherre                 1877 ECB             :          *
                               1878                 :          * Note we also do this during recovery from a process crash.
                               1879                 :          */
  139 tgl                      1880 GNC       24800 :         if ((Shutdown >= ImmediateShutdown || FatalError) &&
 2851 tgl                      1881 GBC         937 :             AbortStartTime != 0 &&
 2851 tgl                      1882 GIC         932 :             (now - AbortStartTime) >= SIGKILL_CHILDREN_AFTER_SECS)
 3572 alvherre                 1883 EUB             :         {
                               1884                 :             /* We were gentle with them before. Not anymore */
  940 tgl                      1885 LBC           0 :             ereport(LOG,
                               1886                 :             /* translator: %s is SIGKILL or SIGABRT */
                               1887                 :                     (errmsg("issuing %s to recalcitrant children",
                               1888                 :                             send_abort_for_kill ? "SIGABRT" : "SIGKILL")));
  139 tgl                      1889 UNC           0 :             TerminateChildren(send_abort_for_kill ? SIGABRT : SIGKILL);
                               1890                 :             /* reset flag so we don't SIGKILL again */
 3473 alvherre                 1891 UIC           0 :             AbortStartTime = 0;
                               1892                 :         }
                               1893                 : 
                               1894                 :         /*
 2742 tgl                      1895 ECB             :          * Once a minute, verify that postmaster.pid hasn't been removed or
                               1896                 :          * overwritten.  If it has, we force a shutdown.  This avoids having
 2742 tgl                      1897 EUB             :          * postmasters and child processes hanging around after their database
                               1898                 :          * is gone, and maybe causing problems if a new database cluster is
                               1899                 :          * created in the same place.  It also provides some protection
                               1900                 :          * against a DBA foolishly removing postmaster.pid and manually
                               1901                 :          * starting a new postmaster.  Data corruption is likely to ensue from
                               1902                 :          * that anyway, but we can minimize the damage by aborting ASAP.
                               1903                 :          */
 2742 tgl                      1904 GIC       24800 :         if (now - last_lockfile_recheck_time >= 1 * SECS_PER_MINUTE)
                               1905                 :         {
                               1906              11 :             if (!RecheckDataDirLockFile())
                               1907                 :             {
 2742 tgl                      1908 UIC           0 :                 ereport(LOG,
                               1909                 :                         (errmsg("performing immediate shutdown because data directory lock file is invalid")));
                               1910               0 :                 kill(MyProcPid, SIGQUIT);
                               1911                 :             }
 2742 tgl                      1912 GIC          11 :             last_lockfile_recheck_time = now;
                               1913                 :         }
                               1914                 : 
                               1915                 :         /*
                               1916                 :          * Touch Unix socket and lock files every 58 minutes, to ensure that
                               1917                 :          * they are not removed by overzealous /tmp-cleaning tasks.  We assume
                               1918                 :          * no one runs cleaners with cutoff times of less than an hour ...
                               1919                 :          */
                               1920           24800 :         if (now - last_touch_time >= 58 * SECS_PER_MINUTE)
                               1921                 :         {
 2742 tgl                      1922 UIC           0 :             TouchSocketFiles();
 2742 tgl                      1923 LBC           0 :             TouchSocketLockFiles();
 2742 tgl                      1924 UIC           0 :             last_touch_time = now;
                               1925                 :         }
                               1926                 :     }
                               1927                 : }
                               1928                 : 
 9675 bryanh                   1929 EUB             : /*
                               1930                 :  * Read a client's startup packet and do something according to it.
                               1931                 :  *
 7201 tgl                      1932                 :  * Returns STATUS_OK or STATUS_ERROR, or might call ereport(FATAL) and
                               1933                 :  * not return at all.
                               1934                 :  *
 7201 tgl                      1935 ECB             :  * (Note that ereport(FATAL) stuff is sent to the client, so only use it
 7842                          1936                 :  * if that's what you want.  Return STATUS_ERROR if you don't want to
                               1937                 :  * send anything to the client, which would typically be appropriate
                               1938                 :  * if we detect a communications failure.)
 1467 sfrost                   1939                 :  *
                               1940                 :  * Set ssl_done and/or gss_done when negotiation of an encrypted layer
 1072 sfrost                   1941 EUB             :  * (currently, TLS or GSSAPI) is completed. A successful negotiation of either
                               1942                 :  * encryption layer sets both flags, but a rejected negotiation sets only the
                               1943                 :  * flag for that layer, since the client may wish to try the other one. We
                               1944                 :  * should make no assumption here about the order in which the client may make
                               1945                 :  * requests.
                               1946                 :  */
                               1947                 : static int
 1072 sfrost                   1948 GIC        8852 : ProcessStartupPacket(Port *port, bool ssl_done, bool gss_done)
                               1949                 : {
                               1950                 :     int32       len;
                               1951                 :     char       *buf;
 7297 tgl                      1952 ECB             :     ProtocolVersion proto;
                               1953                 :     MemoryContext oldcontext;
                               1954                 : 
 2988 heikki.linnakangas       1955 CBC        8852 :     pq_startmsgread();
                               1956                 : 
 1495 andrew                   1957 EUB             :     /*
                               1958                 :      * Grab the first byte of the length word separately, so that we can tell
                               1959                 :      * whether we have no data at all or an incomplete packet.  (This might
                               1960                 :      * sound inefficient, but it's not really, because of buffering in
                               1961                 :      * pqcomm.c.)
 1495 andrew                   1962 ECB             :      */
 1495 andrew                   1963 GIC        8852 :     if (pq_getbytes((char *) &len, 1) == EOF)
                               1964                 :     {
                               1965                 :         /*
                               1966                 :          * If we get no data at all, don't clutter the log with a complaint;
                               1967                 :          * such cases often occur for legitimate reasons.  An example is that
 1495 andrew                   1968 ECB             :          * we might be here after responding to NEGOTIATE_SSL_CODE, and if the
                               1969                 :          * client didn't like our response, it'll probably just drop the
                               1970                 :          * connection.  Service-monitoring software also often just opens and
                               1971                 :          * closes a connection without sending anything.  (So do port
                               1972                 :          * scanners, which may be less benign, but it's not really our job to
                               1973                 :          * notice those.)
 7292 tgl                      1974 EUB             :          */
 1495 andrew                   1975 GIC          13 :         return STATUS_ERROR;
                               1976                 :     }
 1495 andrew                   1977 EUB             : 
 1495 andrew                   1978 GIC        8839 :     if (pq_getbytes(((char *) &len) + 1, 3) == EOF)
 1495 andrew                   1979 ECB             :     {
                               1980                 :         /* Got a partial length word, so bleat about that */
 1072 sfrost                   1981 LBC           0 :         if (!ssl_done && !gss_done)
 1467 sfrost                   1982 UIC           0 :             ereport(COMMERROR,
                               1983                 :                     (errcode(ERRCODE_PROTOCOL_VIOLATION),
 1467 sfrost                   1984 ECB             :                      errmsg("incomplete startup packet")));
 7842 tgl                      1985 UIC           0 :         return STATUS_ERROR;
                               1986                 :     }
                               1987                 : 
 2016 andres                   1988 GIC        8839 :     len = pg_ntoh32(len);
 7963 peter_e                  1989            8839 :     len -= 4;
 7963 peter_e                  1990 ECB             : 
 7297 tgl                      1991 CBC        8839 :     if (len < (int32) sizeof(ProtocolVersion) ||
 7297 tgl                      1992 GIC        8839 :         len > MAX_STARTUP_PACKET_LENGTH)
 7292 tgl                      1993 ECB             :     {
 7201 tgl                      1994 UIC           0 :         ereport(COMMERROR,
                               1995                 :                 (errcode(ERRCODE_PROTOCOL_VIOLATION),
                               1996                 :                  errmsg("invalid length of startup packet")));
 7292                          1997               0 :         return STATUS_ERROR;
 7292 tgl                      1998 ECB             :     }
 7963 peter_e                  1999                 : 
                               2000                 :     /*
  766 heikki.linnakangas       2001 EUB             :      * Allocate space to hold the startup packet, plus one extra byte that's
                               2002                 :      * initialized to be zero.  This ensures we will have null termination of
                               2003                 :      * all strings inside the packet.
                               2004                 :      */
  766 heikki.linnakangas       2005 GIC        8839 :     buf = palloc(len + 1);
  766 heikki.linnakangas       2006 GBC        8839 :     buf[len] = '\0';
                               2007                 : 
 7842 tgl                      2008 GIC        8839 :     if (pq_getbytes(buf, len) == EOF)
                               2009                 :     {
 7201 tgl                      2010 LBC           0 :         ereport(COMMERROR,
 7201 tgl                      2011 ECB             :                 (errcode(ERRCODE_PROTOCOL_VIOLATION),
                               2012                 :                  errmsg("incomplete startup packet")));
 7842 tgl                      2013 UIC           0 :         return STATUS_ERROR;
                               2014                 :     }
 2988 heikki.linnakangas       2015 GIC        8839 :     pq_endmsgread();
                               2016                 : 
                               2017                 :     /*
                               2018                 :      * The first field is either a protocol version number or a special
                               2019                 :      * request code.
 9040 scrappy                  2020 ECB             :      */
 2016 andres                   2021 GBC        8839 :     port->proto = proto = pg_ntoh32(*((ProtocolVersion *) buf));
                               2022                 : 
 7297 tgl                      2023 GIC        8839 :     if (proto == CANCEL_REQUEST_CODE)
                               2024                 :     {
   78 noah                     2025               2 :         if (len != sizeof(CancelRequestPacket))
                               2026                 :         {
   78 noah                     2027 UIC           0 :             ereport(COMMERROR,
                               2028                 :                     (errcode(ERRCODE_PROTOCOL_VIOLATION),
                               2029                 :                      errmsg("invalid length of startup packet")));
                               2030               0 :             return STATUS_ERROR;
   78 noah                     2031 ECB             :         }
 7297 tgl                      2032 GIC           2 :         processCancelRequest(port, buf);
 4971 tgl                      2033 ECB             :         /* Not really an error, but we don't want to proceed further */
 4971 tgl                      2034 GIC           2 :         return STATUS_ERROR;
 7963 peter_e                  2035 ECB             :     }
                               2036                 : 
 1072 sfrost                   2037 GIC        8837 :     if (proto == NEGOTIATE_SSL_CODE && !ssl_done)
                               2038                 :     {
 8397 bruce                    2039 ECB             :         char        SSLok;
                               2040                 : 
                               2041                 : #ifdef USE_SSL
                               2042                 :         /* No SSL when disabled or on Unix sockets */
  418 peter                    2043 CBC         177 :         if (!LoadedSSL || port->laddr.addr.ss_family == AF_UNIX)
 8201 tgl                      2044 GIC          64 :             SSLok = 'N';
 8257 bruce                    2045 EUB             :         else
 8201 tgl                      2046 GBC         113 :             SSLok = 'S';        /* Support for SSL */
 8595 bruce                    2047 EUB             : #else
                               2048                 :         SSLok = 'N';            /* No support for SSL */
                               2049                 : #endif
 6111 tgl                      2050                 : 
 6111 tgl                      2051 GIC         177 : retry1:
 8397 bruce                    2052             177 :         if (send(port->sock, &SSLok, 1, 0) != 1)
                               2053                 :         {
 6111 tgl                      2054 LBC           0 :             if (errno == EINTR)
 6111 tgl                      2055 UBC           0 :                 goto retry1;    /* if interrupted, just retry */
 7201 tgl                      2056 UIC           0 :             ereport(COMMERROR,
                               2057                 :                     (errcode_for_socket_access(),
                               2058                 :                      errmsg("failed to send SSL negotiation response: %m")));
 7833 bruce                    2059               0 :             return STATUS_ERROR;    /* close the connection */
                               2060                 :         }
                               2061                 : 
                               2062                 : #ifdef USE_SSL
 7604 bruce                    2063 GIC         177 :         if (SSLok == 'S' && secure_open_server(port) == -1)
 7522 bruce                    2064 CBC          18 :             return STATUS_ERROR;
 8595 bruce                    2065 EUB             : #endif
                               2066                 : 
                               2067                 :         /*
                               2068                 :          * At this point we should have no data already buffered.  If we do,
                               2069                 :          * it was received before we performed the SSL handshake, so it wasn't
                               2070                 :          * encrypted and indeed may have been injected by a man-in-the-middle.
                               2071                 :          * We report this case to the client.
                               2072                 :          */
  517 tgl                      2073 GIC         159 :         if (pq_buffer_has_data())
  517 tgl                      2074 UIC           0 :             ereport(FATAL,
  517 tgl                      2075 ECB             :                     (errcode(ERRCODE_PROTOCOL_VIOLATION),
                               2076                 :                      errmsg("received unencrypted data after SSL request"),
                               2077                 :                      errdetail("This could be either a client-software bug or evidence of an attempted man-in-the-middle attack.")));
                               2078                 : 
                               2079                 :         /*
                               2080                 :          * regular startup packet, cancel, etc packet should follow, but not
                               2081                 :          * another SSL negotiation request, and a GSS request should only
                               2082                 :          * follow if SSL was rejected (client may negotiate in either order)
                               2083                 :          */
 1072 sfrost                   2084 CBC         159 :         return ProcessStartupPacket(port, true, SSLok == 'S');
                               2085                 :     }
 1072 sfrost                   2086 GIC        8660 :     else if (proto == NEGOTIATE_GSS_CODE && !gss_done)
 1467 sfrost                   2087 ECB             :     {
 1467 sfrost                   2088 CBC          17 :         char        GSSok = 'N';
  832 tgl                      2089 EUB             : 
                               2090                 : #ifdef ENABLE_GSS
                               2091                 :         /* No GSSAPI encryption when on Unix socket */
  418 peter                    2092 GIC          17 :         if (port->laddr.addr.ss_family != AF_UNIX)
 1467 sfrost                   2093              17 :             GSSok = 'G';
                               2094                 : #endif
                               2095                 : 
                               2096              17 :         while (send(port->sock, &GSSok, 1, 0) != 1)
                               2097                 :         {
 1467 sfrost                   2098 UIC           0 :             if (errno == EINTR)
                               2099               0 :                 continue;
                               2100               0 :             ereport(COMMERROR,
                               2101                 :                     (errcode_for_socket_access(),
                               2102                 :                      errmsg("failed to send GSSAPI negotiation response: %m")));
                               2103               0 :             return STATUS_ERROR;    /* close the connection */
                               2104                 :         }
 1467 sfrost                   2105 ECB             : 
                               2106                 : #ifdef ENABLE_GSS
 1467 sfrost                   2107 GIC          17 :         if (GSSok == 'G' && secure_open_gssapi(port) == -1)
 1467 sfrost                   2108 UIC           0 :             return STATUS_ERROR;
 1467 sfrost                   2109 ECB             : #endif
 1060 tgl                      2110                 : 
                               2111                 :         /*
                               2112                 :          * At this point we should have no data already buffered.  If we do,
                               2113                 :          * it was received before we performed the GSS handshake, so it wasn't
                               2114                 :          * encrypted and indeed may have been injected by a man-in-the-middle.
                               2115                 :          * We report this case to the client.
                               2116                 :          */
  517 tgl                      2117 CBC          17 :         if (pq_buffer_has_data())
  517 tgl                      2118 UIC           0 :             ereport(FATAL,
  517 tgl                      2119 ECB             :                     (errcode(ERRCODE_PROTOCOL_VIOLATION),
                               2120                 :                      errmsg("received unencrypted data after GSSAPI encryption request"),
                               2121                 :                      errdetail("This could be either a client-software bug or evidence of an attempted man-in-the-middle attack.")));
                               2122                 : 
                               2123                 :         /*
                               2124                 :          * regular startup packet, cancel, etc packet should follow, but not
 1072 sfrost                   2125                 :          * another GSS negotiation request, and an SSL request should only
                               2126                 :          * follow if GSS was rejected (client may negotiate in either order)
                               2127                 :          */
 1072 sfrost                   2128 CBC          17 :         return ProcessStartupPacket(port, GSSok == 'G', true);
 1467 sfrost                   2129 EUB             :     }
 8595 bruce                    2130 ECB             : 
                               2131                 :     /* Could add additional special packet types here */
 9040 scrappy                  2132                 : 
 7292 tgl                      2133                 :     /*
 6385 bruce                    2134                 :      * Set FrontendProtocol now so that ereport() knows what format to send if
                               2135                 :      * we fail during startup.
 7292 tgl                      2136                 :      */
 7292 tgl                      2137 CBC        8643 :     FrontendProtocol = proto;
 8595 bruce                    2138 ECB             : 
                               2139                 :     /* Check that the major protocol version is in range. */
 7297 tgl                      2140 GIC        8643 :     if (PG_PROTOCOL_MAJOR(proto) < PG_PROTOCOL_MAJOR(PG_PROTOCOL_EARLIEST) ||
 1965 rhaas                    2141            8643 :         PG_PROTOCOL_MAJOR(proto) > PG_PROTOCOL_MAJOR(PG_PROTOCOL_LATEST))
 7201 tgl                      2142 UIC           0 :         ereport(FATAL,
                               2143                 :                 (errcode(ERRCODE_FEATURE_NOT_SUPPORTED),
                               2144                 :                  errmsg("unsupported frontend protocol %u.%u: server supports %u.0 to %u.%u",
                               2145                 :                         PG_PROTOCOL_MAJOR(proto), PG_PROTOCOL_MINOR(proto),
                               2146                 :                         PG_PROTOCOL_MAJOR(PG_PROTOCOL_EARLIEST),
 7201 tgl                      2147 ECB             :                         PG_PROTOCOL_MAJOR(PG_PROTOCOL_LATEST),
                               2148                 :                         PG_PROTOCOL_MINOR(PG_PROTOCOL_LATEST))));
 9040 scrappy                  2149                 : 
 8053 bruce                    2150                 :     /*
                               2151                 :      * Now fetch parameters out of startup packet and save them into the Port
 6385                          2152                 :      * structure.  All data structures attached to the Port struct must be
 4790 bruce                    2153 EUB             :      * allocated in TopMemoryContext so that they will remain available in a
                               2154                 :      * running backend (even after PostmasterContext is destroyed).  We need
                               2155                 :      * not worry about leaking this storage on failure, since we aren't in the
                               2156                 :      * postmaster process anymore.
                               2157                 :      */
 7297 tgl                      2158 GIC        8643 :     oldcontext = MemoryContextSwitchTo(TopMemoryContext);
                               2159                 : 
  766 heikki.linnakangas       2160 ECB             :     /* Handle protocol version 3 startup packet */
                               2161                 :     {
 7188 bruce                    2162 GIC        8643 :         int32       offset = sizeof(ProtocolVersion);
 1965 rhaas                    2163            8643 :         List       *unrecognized_protocol_options = NIL;
                               2164                 : 
                               2165                 :         /*
                               2166                 :          * Scan packet body for name/option pairs.  We can assume any string
                               2167                 :          * beginning within the packet body is null-terminated, thanks to
 6385 bruce                    2168 EUB             :          * zeroing extra byte above.
                               2169                 :          */
 7297 tgl                      2170 GIC        8643 :         port->guc_options = NIL;
                               2171                 : 
                               2172           42273 :         while (offset < len)
 7297 tgl                      2173 ECB             :         {
  766 heikki.linnakangas       2174 CBC       42273 :             char       *nameptr = buf + offset;
 7188 bruce                    2175 ECB             :             int32       valoffset;
                               2176                 :             char       *valptr;
                               2177                 : 
 7297 tgl                      2178 GIC       42273 :             if (*nameptr == '\0')
                               2179            8643 :                 break;          /* found packet terminator */
                               2180           33630 :             valoffset = offset + strlen(nameptr) + 1;
                               2181           33630 :             if (valoffset >= len)
 7297 tgl                      2182 UIC           0 :                 break;          /* missing value, will complain below */
  766 heikki.linnakangas       2183 GIC       33630 :             valptr = buf + valoffset;
 7297 tgl                      2184 ECB             : 
 7297 tgl                      2185 GIC       33630 :             if (strcmp(nameptr, "database") == 0)
 7297 tgl                      2186 CBC        8643 :                 port->database_name = pstrdup(valptr);
 7297 tgl                      2187 GIC       24987 :             else if (strcmp(nameptr, "user") == 0)
                               2188            8643 :                 port->user_name = pstrdup(valptr);
 7297 tgl                      2189 CBC       16344 :             else if (strcmp(nameptr, "options") == 0)
 7297 tgl                      2190 GIC        2503 :                 port->cmdline_options = pstrdup(valptr);
 4832 heikki.linnakangas       2191           13841 :             else if (strcmp(nameptr, "replication") == 0)
                               2192                 :             {
                               2193                 :                 /*
                               2194                 :                  * Due to backward compatibility concerns the replication
                               2195                 :                  * parameter is a hybrid beast which allows the value to be
 3317 rhaas                    2196 ECB             :                  * either boolean or the string 'database'. The latter
 3317 rhaas                    2197 EUB             :                  * connects to a specific database which is e.g. required for
                               2198                 :                  * logical decoding while.
                               2199                 :                  */
 3317 rhaas                    2200 GIC         847 :                 if (strcmp(valptr, "database") == 0)
                               2201                 :                 {
                               2202             483 :                     am_walsender = true;
                               2203             483 :                     am_db_walsender = true;
                               2204                 :                 }
                               2205             364 :                 else if (!parse_bool(valptr, &am_walsender))
 4832 heikki.linnakangas       2206 UIC           0 :                     ereport(FATAL,
 4832 heikki.linnakangas       2207 ECB             :                             (errcode(ERRCODE_INVALID_PARAMETER_VALUE),
                               2208                 :                              errmsg("invalid value for parameter \"%s\": \"%s\"",
 2118 tgl                      2209 EUB             :                                     "replication",
                               2210                 :                                     valptr),
                               2211                 :                              errhint("Valid values are: \"false\", 0, \"true\", 1, \"database\".")));
                               2212                 :             }
 1965 rhaas                    2213 CBC       12994 :             else if (strncmp(nameptr, "_pq_.", 5) == 0)
 1965 rhaas                    2214 EUB             :             {
                               2215                 :                 /*
                               2216                 :                  * Any option beginning with _pq_. is reserved for use as a
                               2217                 :                  * protocol-level option, but at present no such options are
                               2218                 :                  * defined.
 1965 rhaas                    2219 ECB             :                  */
 1965 rhaas                    2220 EUB             :                 unrecognized_protocol_options =
 1965 rhaas                    2221 UIC           0 :                     lappend(unrecognized_protocol_options, pstrdup(nameptr));
 1965 rhaas                    2222 ECB             :             }
                               2223                 :             else
                               2224                 :             {
                               2225                 :                 /* Assume it's a generic GUC option */
 7297 tgl                      2226 GIC       12994 :                 port->guc_options = lappend(port->guc_options,
                               2227           12994 :                                             pstrdup(nameptr));
                               2228           12994 :                 port->guc_options = lappend(port->guc_options,
                               2229           12994 :                                             pstrdup(valptr));
 1654 sfrost                   2230 EUB             : 
                               2231                 :                 /*
                               2232                 :                  * Copy application_name to port if we come across it.  This
                               2233                 :                  * is done so we can log the application_name in the
                               2234                 :                  * connection authorization message.  Note that the GUC would
                               2235                 :                  * be used but we haven't gone through GUC setup yet.
                               2236                 :                  */
 1654 sfrost                   2237 GIC       12994 :                 if (strcmp(nameptr, "application_name") == 0)
                               2238                 :                 {
  208 peter                    2239 GNC        8642 :                     port->application_name = pg_clean_ascii(valptr, 0);
 1654 sfrost                   2240 ECB             :                 }
 7297 tgl                      2241 EUB             :             }
 7297 tgl                      2242 CBC       33630 :             offset = valoffset + strlen(valptr) + 1;
 7297 tgl                      2243 EUB             :         }
                               2244                 : 
 7297 tgl                      2245 ECB             :         /*
                               2246                 :          * If we didn't find a packet terminator exactly at the end of the
                               2247                 :          * given packet length, complain.
                               2248                 :          */
 7188 bruce                    2249 GIC        8643 :         if (offset != len - 1)
 7201 tgl                      2250 UIC           0 :             ereport(FATAL,
                               2251                 :                     (errcode(ERRCODE_PROTOCOL_VIOLATION),
                               2252                 :                      errmsg("invalid startup packet layout: expected terminator as last byte")));
                               2253                 : 
                               2254                 :         /*
                               2255                 :          * If the client requested a newer protocol version or if the client
                               2256                 :          * requested any protocol options we didn't recognize, let them know
                               2257                 :          * the newest minor protocol version we do support and the names of
 1957 rhaas                    2258 ECB             :          * any unrecognized options.
 1965                          2259                 :          */
 1965 rhaas                    2260 GIC        8643 :         if (PG_PROTOCOL_MINOR(proto) > PG_PROTOCOL_MINOR(PG_PROTOCOL_LATEST) ||
                               2261                 :             unrecognized_protocol_options != NIL)
 1965 rhaas                    2262 UIC           0 :             SendNegotiateProtocolVersion(unrecognized_protocol_options);
                               2263                 :     }
 8083 tgl                      2264 ECB             : 
                               2265                 :     /* Check a user name was given. */
 7297 tgl                      2266 GIC        8643 :     if (port->user_name == NULL || port->user_name[0] == '\0')
 7201 tgl                      2267 UIC           0 :         ereport(FATAL,
                               2268                 :                 (errcode(ERRCODE_INVALID_AUTHORIZATION_SPECIFICATION),
                               2269                 :                  errmsg("no PostgreSQL user name specified in startup packet")));
                               2270                 : 
 7297 tgl                      2271 ECB             :     /* The database defaults to the user name. */
 7297 tgl                      2272 GIC        8643 :     if (port->database_name == NULL || port->database_name[0] == '\0')
 7297 tgl                      2273 LBC           0 :         port->database_name = pstrdup(port->user_name);
 7297 tgl                      2274 ECB             : 
 7539 bruce                    2275 GIC        8643 :     if (Db_user_namespace)
                               2276                 :     {
                               2277                 :         /*
 6385 bruce                    2278 ECB             :          * If user@, it is a global user, remove '@'. We only want to do this
                               2279                 :          * if there is an '@' at the end and no earlier in the user string or
                               2280                 :          * they may fake as a local user of another database attaching to this
                               2281                 :          * database.
                               2282                 :          */
 7297 tgl                      2283 UIC           0 :         if (strchr(port->user_name, '@') ==
                               2284               0 :             port->user_name + strlen(port->user_name) - 1)
 7297 tgl                      2285 UBC           0 :             *strchr(port->user_name, '@') = '\0';
                               2286                 :         else
                               2287                 :         {
                               2288                 :             /* Append '@' and dbname */
 3465 peter_e                  2289 UIC           0 :             port->user_name = psprintf("%s@%s", port->user_name, port->database_name);
 7539 bruce                    2290 ECB             :         }
                               2291                 :     }
                               2292                 : 
                               2293                 :     /*
                               2294                 :      * Truncate given database and user names to length of a Postgres name.
 6385                          2295                 :      * This avoids lookup failures when overlength names are given.
 7297 tgl                      2296                 :      */
 7297 tgl                      2297 GIC        8643 :     if (strlen(port->database_name) >= NAMEDATALEN)
 7297 tgl                      2298 UIC           0 :         port->database_name[NAMEDATALEN - 1] = '\0';
 7297 tgl                      2299 GIC        8643 :     if (strlen(port->user_name) >= NAMEDATALEN)
 7297 tgl                      2300 UBC           0 :         port->user_name[NAMEDATALEN - 1] = '\0';
 7297 tgl                      2301 EUB             : 
 1124 peter                    2302 GIC        8643 :     if (am_walsender)
                               2303             847 :         MyBackendType = B_WAL_SENDER;
                               2304                 :     else
 1124 peter                    2305 CBC        7796 :         MyBackendType = B_BACKEND;
 1124 peter                    2306 ECB             : 
                               2307                 :     /*
                               2308                 :      * Normal walsender backends, e.g. for streaming replication, are not
 3317 rhaas                    2309                 :      * connected to a particular database. But walsenders used for logical
                               2310                 :      * replication need to connect to a specific database. We allow streaming
                               2311                 :      * replication commands to be issued even if connected to a database as it
                               2312                 :      * can make sense to first make a basebackup and then stream changes
                               2313                 :      * starting from that.
                               2314                 :      */
 3317 rhaas                    2315 GIC        8643 :     if (am_walsender && !am_db_walsender)
 4832 heikki.linnakangas       2316             364 :         port->database_name[0] = '\0';
                               2317                 : 
                               2318                 :     /*
                               2319                 :      * Done putting stuff in TopMemoryContext.
                               2320                 :      */
 7297 tgl                      2321            8643 :     MemoryContextSwitchTo(oldcontext);
                               2322                 : 
                               2323                 :     /*
                               2324                 :      * If we're going to reject the connection due to database state, say so
                               2325                 :      * now instead of wasting cycles on an authentication exchange. (This also
 6385 bruce                    2326 EUB             :      * allows a pg_ping utility to be written.)
                               2327                 :      */
 7050 bruce                    2328 GIC        8643 :     switch (port->canAcceptConnections)
                               2329                 :     {
 7892 peter_e                  2330              13 :         case CAC_STARTUP:
 7201 tgl                      2331 GBC          13 :             ereport(FATAL,
 7201 tgl                      2332 EUB             :                     (errcode(ERRCODE_CANNOT_CONNECT_NOW),
                               2333                 :                      errmsg("the database system is starting up")));
 7892 peter_e                  2334                 :             break;
  745 fujii                    2335 GBC           6 :         case CAC_NOTCONSISTENT:
                               2336               6 :             if (EnableHotStandby)
  745 fujii                    2337 GIC           6 :                 ereport(FATAL,
                               2338                 :                         (errcode(ERRCODE_CANNOT_CONNECT_NOW),
  745 fujii                    2339 EUB             :                          errmsg("the database system is not yet accepting connections"),
                               2340                 :                          errdetail("Consistent recovery state has not been yet reached.")));
                               2341                 :             else
  745 fujii                    2342 UIC           0 :                 ereport(FATAL,
                               2343                 :                         (errcode(ERRCODE_CANNOT_CONNECT_NOW),
                               2344                 :                          errmsg("the database system is not accepting connections"),
                               2345                 :                          errdetail("Hot standby mode is disabled.")));
                               2346                 :             break;
 7892 peter_e                  2347 CBC           4 :         case CAC_SHUTDOWN:
 7201 tgl                      2348 GIC           4 :             ereport(FATAL,
 7201 tgl                      2349 ECB             :                     (errcode(ERRCODE_CANNOT_CONNECT_NOW),
                               2350                 :                      errmsg("the database system is shutting down")));
                               2351                 :             break;
 7892 peter_e                  2352 GIC           1 :         case CAC_RECOVERY:
 7201 tgl                      2353               1 :             ereport(FATAL,
                               2354                 :                     (errcode(ERRCODE_CANNOT_CONNECT_NOW),
                               2355                 :                      errmsg("the database system is in recovery mode")));
                               2356                 :             break;
 7892 peter_e                  2357 UIC           0 :         case CAC_TOOMANY:
 7201 tgl                      2358               0 :             ereport(FATAL,
                               2359                 :                     (errcode(ERRCODE_TOO_MANY_CONNECTIONS),
 7201 tgl                      2360 ECB             :                      errmsg("sorry, too many clients already")));
 7892 peter_e                  2361                 :             break;
 7892 peter_e                  2362 GIC        8619 :         case CAC_OK:
 7621 tgl                      2363            8619 :             break;
                               2364                 :     }
                               2365                 : 
 7963 peter_e                  2366            8619 :     return STATUS_OK;
                               2367                 : }
                               2368                 : 
 1965 rhaas                    2369 ECB             : /*
                               2370                 :  * Send a NegotiateProtocolVersion to the client.  This lets the client know
                               2371                 :  * that they have requested a newer minor protocol version than we are able
                               2372                 :  * to speak.  We'll speak the highest version we know about; the client can,
                               2373                 :  * of course, abandon the connection if that's a problem.
                               2374                 :  *
                               2375                 :  * We also include in the response a list of protocol options we didn't
                               2376                 :  * understand.  This allows clients to include optional parameters that might
                               2377                 :  * be present either in newer protocol versions or third-party protocol
                               2378                 :  * extensions without fear of having to reconnect if those options are not
                               2379                 :  * understood, while at the same time making certain that the client is aware
                               2380                 :  * of which options were actually accepted.
                               2381                 :  */
                               2382                 : static void
 1965 rhaas                    2383 UIC           0 : SendNegotiateProtocolVersion(List *unrecognized_protocol_options)
                               2384                 : {
 1965 rhaas                    2385 ECB             :     StringInfoData buf;
                               2386                 :     ListCell   *lc;
                               2387                 : 
 1965 rhaas                    2388 UIC           0 :     pq_beginmessage(&buf, 'v'); /* NegotiateProtocolVersion */
 1965 rhaas                    2389 UBC           0 :     pq_sendint32(&buf, PG_PROTOCOL_LATEST);
 1965 rhaas                    2390 UIC           0 :     pq_sendint32(&buf, list_length(unrecognized_protocol_options));
                               2391               0 :     foreach(lc, unrecognized_protocol_options)
 1965 rhaas                    2392 LBC           0 :         pq_sendstring(&buf, lfirst(lc));
 1965 rhaas                    2393 UIC           0 :     pq_endmessage(&buf);
                               2394                 : 
                               2395                 :     /* no need to flush, some other message will follow */
                               2396               0 : }
                               2397                 : 
                               2398                 : /*
                               2399                 :  * The client has sent a cancel request packet, not a normal
                               2400                 :  * start-a-new-connection packet.  Perform the necessary processing.
 7963 peter_e                  2401 EUB             :  * Nothing is sent back to the client.
                               2402                 :  */
                               2403                 : static void
 7963 peter_e                  2404 GIC           2 : processCancelRequest(Port *port, void *pkt)
                               2405                 : {
 8986 bruce                    2406               2 :     CancelRequestPacket *canc = (CancelRequestPacket *) pkt;
                               2407                 :     int         backendPID;
                               2408                 :     int32       cancelAuthCode;
                               2409                 :     Backend    *bp;
                               2410                 : 
                               2411                 : #ifndef EXEC_BACKEND
                               2412                 :     dlist_iter  iter;
 7013 bruce                    2413 ECB             : #else
                               2414                 :     int         i;
                               2415                 : #endif
                               2416                 : 
 2016 andres                   2417 GIC           2 :     backendPID = (int) pg_ntoh32(canc->backendPID);
                               2418               2 :     cancelAuthCode = (int32) pg_ntoh32(canc->cancelAuthCode);
                               2419                 : 
                               2420                 :     /*
                               2421                 :      * See if we have a matching backend.  In the EXEC_BACKEND case, we can no
                               2422                 :      * longer access the postmaster's own backend list, and must rely on the
 6385 bruce                    2423 ECB             :      * duplicate array in shared memory.
                               2424                 :      */
                               2425                 : #ifndef EXEC_BACKEND
 3827 alvherre                 2426 CBC           3 :     dlist_foreach(iter, &BackendList)
 9040 scrappy                  2427 ECB             :     {
 3827 alvherre                 2428 CBC           3 :         bp = dlist_container(Backend, elem, iter.cur);
 7013 bruce                    2429 ECB             : #else
 5087 tgl                      2430                 :     for (i = MaxLivePostmasterChildren() - 1; i >= 0; i--)
 7013 bruce                    2431                 :     {
                               2432                 :         bp = (Backend *) &ShmemBackendArray[i];
                               2433                 : #endif
 9040 scrappy                  2434 CBC           3 :         if (bp->pid == backendPID)
                               2435                 :         {
 9040 scrappy                  2436 GIC           2 :             if (bp->cancel_key == cancelAuthCode)
                               2437                 :             {
                               2438                 :                 /* Found a match; signal that backend to cancel current op */
 7180 tgl                      2439               2 :                 ereport(DEBUG2,
                               2440                 :                         (errmsg_internal("processing cancel request: sending SIGINT to process %d",
 7180 tgl                      2441 ECB             :                                          backendPID)));
 5983 tgl                      2442 GBC           2 :                 signal_child(bp->pid, SIGINT);
                               2443                 :             }
                               2444                 :             else
                               2445                 :                 /* Right PID, wrong key: no way, Jose */
 5634 neilc                    2446 UIC           0 :                 ereport(LOG,
                               2447                 :                         (errmsg("wrong key in cancel request for process %d",
                               2448                 :                                 backendPID)));
 7963 peter_e                  2449 GIC           2 :             return;
                               2450                 :         }
                               2451                 : #ifndef EXEC_BACKEND            /* make GNU Emacs 26.1 see brace balance */
                               2452                 :     }
                               2453                 : #else
                               2454                 :     }
                               2455                 : #endif
 9040 scrappy                  2456 ECB             : 
 9040 scrappy                  2457 EUB             :     /* No matching backend */
 5634 neilc                    2458 UIC           0 :     ereport(LOG,
 5596 peter_e                  2459 ECB             :             (errmsg("PID %d in cancel request did not match any process",
                               2460                 :                     backendPID)));
                               2461                 : }
                               2462                 : 
                               2463                 : /*
                               2464                 :  * canAcceptConnections --- check to see if database state allows connections
                               2465                 :  * of the specified type.  backend_type can be BACKEND_TYPE_NORMAL,
                               2466                 :  * BACKEND_TYPE_AUTOVAC, or BACKEND_TYPE_BGWORKER.  (Note that we don't yet
                               2467                 :  * know whether a NORMAL connection might turn into a walsender.)
                               2468                 :  */
 4529 tgl                      2469                 : static CAC_state
 1280 tgl                      2470 GIC       11004 : canAcceptConnections(int backend_type)
                               2471                 : {
 4529                          2472           11004 :     CAC_state   result = CAC_OK;
 4529 tgl                      2473 ECB             : 
                               2474                 :     /*
 4790 bruce                    2475 EUB             :      * Can't start backends when in startup/shutdown/inconsistent recovery
                               2476                 :      * state.  We treat autovac workers the same as user backends for this
                               2477                 :      * purpose.  However, bgworkers are excluded from this test; we expect
 1280 tgl                      2478                 :      * bgworker_should_start_now() decided whether the DB state allows them.
                               2479                 :      */
  968 tgl                      2480 GIC       11004 :     if (pmState != PM_RUN && pmState != PM_HOT_STANDBY &&
 1280 tgl                      2481 ECB             :         backend_type != BACKEND_TYPE_BGWORKER)
                               2482                 :     {
  968 tgl                      2483 GBC          24 :         if (Shutdown > NoShutdown)
 5624 bruce                    2484               4 :             return CAC_SHUTDOWN;    /* shutdown is pending */
  745 fujii                    2485              20 :         else if (!FatalError && pmState == PM_STARTUP)
 4382 bruce                    2486              13 :             return CAC_STARTUP; /* normal startup */
  745 fujii                    2487 GIC           7 :         else if (!FatalError && pmState == PM_RECOVERY)
                               2488               6 :             return CAC_NOTCONSISTENT;   /* not yet at consistent recovery
  745 fujii                    2489 ECB             :                                          * state */
                               2490                 :         else
 4529 tgl                      2491 GIC           1 :             return CAC_RECOVERY;    /* else must be crash recovery */
                               2492                 :     }
                               2493                 : 
                               2494                 :     /*
                               2495                 :      * "Smart shutdown" restrictions are applied only to normal connections,
                               2496                 :      * not to autovac workers or bgworkers.
                               2497                 :      */
  368 sfrost                   2498           10980 :     if (!connsAllowed && backend_type == BACKEND_TYPE_NORMAL)
  368 sfrost                   2499 UIC           0 :         return CAC_SHUTDOWN;    /* shutdown is pending */
  968 tgl                      2500 ECB             : 
                               2501                 :     /*
 7967                          2502                 :      * Don't start too many children.
                               2503                 :      *
                               2504                 :      * We allow more connections here than we can have backends because some
                               2505                 :      * might still be authenticating; they might fail auth, or some existing
                               2506                 :      * backend might exit before the auth cycle is completed.  The exact
                               2507                 :      * MaxBackends limit is enforced when a new backend tries to join the
                               2508                 :      * shared-inval backend array.
                               2509                 :      *
                               2510                 :      * The limit here must match the sizes of the per-child-process arrays;
                               2511                 :      * see comments for MaxLivePostmasterChildren().
                               2512                 :      */
 4832 heikki.linnakangas       2513 GIC       10980 :     if (CountChildren(BACKEND_TYPE_ALL) >= MaxLivePostmasterChildren())
 4529 tgl                      2514 UIC           0 :         result = CAC_TOOMANY;
                               2515                 : 
 4529 tgl                      2516 GIC       10980 :     return result;
 8166 tgl                      2517 ECB             : }
                               2518                 : 
                               2519                 : 
                               2520                 : /*
                               2521                 :  * ConnCreate -- create a local connection data structure
 4547                          2522                 :  *
                               2523                 :  * Returns NULL on failure, other than out-of-memory which is fatal.
 9770 scrappy                  2524                 :  */
 9204                          2525                 : static Port *
 9204 scrappy                  2526 GIC        8835 : ConnCreate(int serverFd)
                               2527                 : {
                               2528                 :     Port       *port;
                               2529                 : 
 9345 bruce                    2530            8835 :     if (!(port = (Port *) calloc(1, sizeof(Port))))
                               2531                 :     {
 7201 tgl                      2532 UIC           0 :         ereport(LOG,
                               2533                 :                 (errcode(ERRCODE_OUT_OF_MEMORY),
                               2534                 :                  errmsg("out of memory")));
 9345 bruce                    2535 LBC           0 :         ExitPostmaster(1);
 9345 bruce                    2536 EUB             :     }
                               2537                 : 
 9204 scrappy                  2538 GIC        8835 :     if (StreamConnection(serverFd, port) != STATUS_OK)
 9345 bruce                    2539 ECB             :     {
 3280 bruce                    2540 UIC           0 :         if (port->sock != PGINVALID_SOCKET)
 5899 tgl                      2541 LBC           0 :             StreamClose(port->sock);
 8353 tgl                      2542 UIC           0 :         ConnFree(port);
 4547 heikki.linnakangas       2543               0 :         return NULL;
                               2544                 :     }
                               2545                 : 
 9204 scrappy                  2546 GIC        8835 :     return port;
                               2547                 : }
 9770 scrappy                  2548 ECB             : 
                               2549                 : 
 8595 bruce                    2550                 : /*
                               2551                 :  * ConnFree -- free a local connection data structure
  832 tgl                      2552                 :  *
                               2553                 :  * Caller has already closed the socket if any, so there's not much
                               2554                 :  * to do here.
                               2555                 :  */
                               2556                 : static void
  201 pg                       2557 GNC        8835 : ConnFree(Port *port)
                               2558                 : {
                               2559            8835 :     free(port);
 8595 bruce                    2560 GIC        8835 : }
 8595 bruce                    2561 ECB             : 
                               2562                 : 
                               2563                 : /*
 8095 tgl                      2564                 :  * ClosePostmasterPorts -- close all the postmaster's open sockets
                               2565                 :  *
                               2566                 :  * This is called during child process startup to release file descriptors
                               2567                 :  * that are not needed by that child process.  The postmaster still has
                               2568                 :  * them open, of course.
                               2569                 :  *
                               2570                 :  * Note: we pass am_syslogger as a boolean because we don't want to set
                               2571                 :  * the global variable yet when this is called.
                               2572                 :  */
                               2573                 : void
 6821 tgl                      2574 GIC       12729 : ClosePostmasterPorts(bool am_syslogger)
                               2575                 : {
                               2576                 :     int         i;
                               2577                 : 
                               2578                 :     /* Release resources held by the postmaster's WaitEventSet. */
   87 tmunro                   2579 GNC       12729 :     if (pm_wait_set)
                               2580                 :     {
                               2581           11469 :         FreeWaitEventSetAfterFork(pm_wait_set);
                               2582           11469 :         pm_wait_set = NULL;
                               2583                 :     }
                               2584                 : 
                               2585                 : #ifndef WIN32
 3955 bruce                    2586 ECB             : 
                               2587                 :     /*
                               2588                 :      * Close the write end of postmaster death watch pipe. It's important to
                               2589                 :      * do this as early as possible, so that if postmaster dies, others won't
                               2590                 :      * think that it's still running because we're holding the pipe open.
                               2591                 :      */
 1373 peter                    2592 GIC       12729 :     if (close(postmaster_alive_fds[POSTMASTER_FD_OWN]) != 0)
 4293 heikki.linnakangas       2593 UIC           0 :         ereport(FATAL,
                               2594                 :                 (errcode_for_file_access(),
 3955 bruce                    2595 ECB             :                  errmsg_internal("could not close postmaster death monitoring pipe in child process: %m")));
 4293 heikki.linnakangas       2596 GIC       12729 :     postmaster_alive_fds[POSTMASTER_FD_OWN] = -1;
 1140 tgl                      2597 ECB             :     /* Notify fd.c that we released one pipe FD. */
 1140 tgl                      2598 CBC       12729 :     ReleaseExternalFD();
 4293 heikki.linnakangas       2599 ECB             : #endif
                               2600                 : 
                               2601                 :     /*
                               2602                 :      * Close the postmaster's listen sockets.  These aren't tracked by fd.c,
                               2603                 :      * so we don't call ReleaseExternalFD() here.
                               2604                 :      */
 7241 bruce                    2605 GIC      827385 :     for (i = 0; i < MAXLISTEN; i++)
 7241 bruce                    2606 ECB             :     {
 4837 magnus                   2607 GIC      814656 :         if (ListenSocket[i] != PGINVALID_SOCKET)
                               2608                 :         {
 7241 bruce                    2609           13101 :             StreamClose(ListenSocket[i]);
 4837 magnus                   2610           13101 :             ListenSocket[i] = PGINVALID_SOCKET;
                               2611                 :         }
                               2612                 :     }
                               2613                 : 
                               2614                 :     /*
                               2615                 :      * If using syslogger, close the read side of the pipe.  We don't bother
                               2616                 :      * tracking this in fd.c, either.
 1140 tgl                      2617 EUB             :      */
 6821 tgl                      2618 GBC       12729 :     if (!am_syslogger)
 6821 tgl                      2619 EUB             :     {
                               2620                 : #ifndef WIN32
 6821 tgl                      2621 GBC       12728 :         if (syslogPipe[0] >= 0)
 6821 tgl                      2622 GIC          14 :             close(syslogPipe[0]);
                               2623           12728 :         syslogPipe[0] = -1;
                               2624                 : #else
                               2625                 :         if (syslogPipe[0])
                               2626                 :             CloseHandle(syslogPipe[0]);
                               2627                 :         syslogPipe[0] = 0;
                               2628                 : #endif
 6821 tgl                      2629 ECB             :     }
                               2630                 : 
 4961                          2631                 : #ifdef USE_BONJOUR
                               2632                 :     /* If using Bonjour, close the connection to the mDNS daemon */
                               2633                 :     if (bonjour_sdref)
                               2634                 :         close(DNSServiceRefSockFD(bonjour_sdref));
                               2635                 : #endif
 8095 tgl                      2636 GIC       12729 : }
                               2637                 : 
 8182 bruce                    2638 ECB             : 
                               2639                 : /*
 1633 tmunro                   2640                 :  * InitProcessGlobals -- set MyProcPid, MyStartTime[stamp], random seeds
                               2641                 :  *
 1562 tgl                      2642                 :  * Called early in the postmaster and every backend.
 1633 tmunro                   2643                 :  */
                               2644                 : void
 1633 tmunro                   2645 CBC       14586 : InitProcessGlobals(void)
 1633 tmunro                   2646 ECB             : {
 1633 tmunro                   2647 GIC       14586 :     MyProcPid = getpid();
                               2648           14586 :     MyStartTimestamp = GetCurrentTimestamp();
                               2649           14586 :     MyStartTime = timestamptz_to_time_t(MyStartTimestamp);
                               2650                 : 
                               2651                 :     /*
  497 tgl                      2652 ECB             :      * Set a different global seed in every process.  We want something
                               2653                 :      * unpredictable, so if possible, use high-quality random bits for the
 1562                          2654                 :      * seed.  Otherwise, fall back to a seed based on timestamp and PID.
                               2655                 :      */
  497 tgl                      2656 CBC       14586 :     if (unlikely(!pg_prng_strong_seed(&pg_global_prng_state)))
 1562 tgl                      2657 ECB             :     {
                               2658                 :         uint64      rseed;
  497                          2659                 : 
 1562                          2660                 :         /*
                               2661                 :          * Since PIDs and timestamps tend to change more frequently in their
                               2662                 :          * least significant bits, shift the timestamp left to allow a larger
                               2663                 :          * total number of seeds in a given time period.  Since that would
                               2664                 :          * leave only 20 bits of the timestamp that cycle every ~1 second,
                               2665                 :          * also mix in some higher bits.
                               2666                 :          */
 1562 tgl                      2667 UIC           0 :         rseed = ((uint64) MyProcPid) ^
 1606 tmunro                   2668 LBC           0 :             ((uint64) MyStartTimestamp << 12) ^
 1562 tgl                      2669 UIC           0 :             ((uint64) MyStartTimestamp >> 20);
  497 tgl                      2670 ECB             : 
  497 tgl                      2671 UIC           0 :         pg_prng_seed(&pg_global_prng_state, rseed);
                               2672                 :     }
  497 tgl                      2673 ECB             : 
                               2674                 :     /*
                               2675                 :      * Also make sure that we've set a good seed for random(3).  Use of that
                               2676                 :      * is deprecated in core Postgres, but extensions might use it.
                               2677                 :      */
                               2678                 : #ifndef WIN32
  497 tgl                      2679 CBC       14586 :     srandom(pg_prng_uint32(&pg_global_prng_state));
  497 tgl                      2680 ECB             : #endif
 1633 tmunro                   2681 CBC       14586 : }
 1633 tmunro                   2682 ECB             : 
   87                          2683                 : /*
                               2684                 :  * Child processes use SIGUSR1 to notify us of 'pmsignals'.  pg_ctl uses
                               2685                 :  * SIGUSR1 to ask postmaster to check for logrotate and promote files.
                               2686                 :  */
                               2687                 : static void
   87 tmunro                   2688 GNC        2383 : handle_pm_pmsignal_signal(SIGNAL_ARGS)
                               2689                 : {
   87 tmunro                   2690 GIC        2383 :     int         save_errno = errno;
   87 tmunro                   2691 ECB             : 
   87 tmunro                   2692 GNC        2383 :     pending_pm_pmsignal = true;
                               2693            2383 :     SetLatch(MyLatch);
                               2694                 : 
                               2695            2383 :     errno = save_errno;
                               2696            2383 : }
                               2697                 : 
                               2698                 : /*
                               2699                 :  * pg_ctl uses SIGHUP to request a reload of the configuration files.
                               2700                 :  */
                               2701                 : static void
                               2702             103 : handle_pm_reload_request_signal(SIGNAL_ARGS)
                               2703                 : {
 8147 tgl                      2704             103 :     int         save_errno = errno;
                               2705                 : 
   87 tmunro                   2706             103 :     pending_pm_reload_request = true;
                               2707             103 :     SetLatch(MyLatch);
                               2708                 : 
                               2709             103 :     errno = save_errno;
                               2710             103 : }
                               2711                 : 
                               2712                 : /*
                               2713                 :  * Re-read config files, and tell children to do same.
                               2714                 :  */
                               2715                 : static void
                               2716             103 : process_pm_reload_request(void)
                               2717                 : {
                               2718             103 :     pending_pm_reload_request = false;
                               2719                 : 
                               2720             103 :     ereport(DEBUG2,
                               2721                 :             (errmsg_internal("postmaster received reload request signal")));
                               2722                 : 
 7969 tgl                      2723 GIC         103 :     if (Shutdown <= SmartShutdown)
 7969 tgl                      2724 ECB             :     {
 7201 tgl                      2725 CBC         103 :         ereport(LOG,
                               2726                 :                 (errmsg("received SIGHUP, reloading configuration files")));
 7826 tgl                      2727 GIC         103 :         ProcessConfigFile(PGC_SIGHUP);
 7276 bruce                    2728             103 :         SignalChildren(SIGHUP);
 5149 heikki.linnakangas       2729             103 :         if (StartupPID != 0)
                               2730              18 :             signal_child(StartupPID, SIGHUP);
 6889 tgl                      2731             103 :         if (BgWriterPID != 0)
 5983                          2732             103 :             signal_child(BgWriterPID, SIGHUP);
 4177 simon                    2733             103 :         if (CheckpointerPID != 0)
 4177 simon                    2734 CBC         103 :             signal_child(CheckpointerPID, SIGHUP);
 5738 tgl                      2735 GIC         103 :         if (WalWriterPID != 0)
                               2736              85 :             signal_child(WalWriterPID, SIGHUP);
 4832 heikki.linnakangas       2737             103 :         if (WalReceiverPID != 0)
                               2738              16 :             signal_child(WalReceiverPID, SIGHUP);
 6478 tgl                      2739             103 :         if (AutoVacPID != 0)
 5983                          2740              83 :             signal_child(AutoVacPID, SIGHUP);
 6838 tgl                      2741 CBC         103 :         if (PgArchPID != 0)
 5983 tgl                      2742 GIC           4 :             signal_child(PgArchPID, SIGHUP);
 6821 tgl                      2743 CBC         103 :         if (SysLoggerPID != 0)
 5983 tgl                      2744 UIC           0 :             signal_child(SysLoggerPID, SIGHUP);
 6622 tgl                      2745 ECB             : 
                               2746                 :         /* Reload authentication config files too */
 5319 magnus                   2747 CBC         103 :         if (!load_hba())
 2288 tgl                      2748 UIC           0 :             ereport(LOG,
 1424 alvherre                 2749 ECB             :             /* translator: %s is a configuration file */
                               2750                 :                     (errmsg("%s was not reloaded", HbaFileName)));
 5319 magnus                   2751                 : 
 3852 heikki.linnakangas       2752 CBC         103 :         if (!load_ident())
 2288 tgl                      2753 LBC           0 :             ereport(LOG,
                               2754                 :                     (errmsg("%s was not reloaded", IdentFileName)));
 7081 JanWieck                 2755 ECB             : 
 2288 tgl                      2756                 : #ifdef USE_SSL
                               2757                 :         /* Reload SSL configuration as well */
 2288 tgl                      2758 CBC         103 :         if (EnableSSL)
                               2759                 :         {
 2288 tgl                      2760 LBC           0 :             if (secure_initialize(false) == 0)
 2288 tgl                      2761 UIC           0 :                 LoadedSSL = true;
 2288 tgl                      2762 ECB             :             else
 2288 tgl                      2763 LBC           0 :                 ereport(LOG,
                               2764                 :                         (errmsg("SSL configuration was not reloaded")));
                               2765                 :         }
                               2766                 :         else
                               2767                 :         {
 2288 tgl                      2768 GIC         103 :             secure_destroy();
 2288 tgl                      2769 CBC         103 :             LoadedSSL = false;
                               2770                 :         }
                               2771                 : #endif
                               2772                 : 
 6890 tgl                      2773 ECB             : #ifdef EXEC_BACKEND
                               2774                 :         /* Update the starting-point file for future children */
                               2775                 :         write_nondefault_variables(PGC_SIGHUP);
                               2776                 : #endif
                               2777                 :     }
   87 tmunro                   2778 GIC         103 : }
   87 tmunro                   2779 ECB             : 
                               2780                 : /*
                               2781                 :  * pg_ctl uses SIGTERM, SIGINT and SIGQUIT to request different types of
                               2782                 :  * shutdown.
                               2783                 :  */
                               2784                 : static void
   87 tmunro                   2785 GNC         590 : handle_pm_shutdown_request_signal(SIGNAL_ARGS)
   87 tmunro                   2786 ECB             : {
   87 tmunro                   2787 GIC         590 :     int         save_errno = errno;
                               2788                 : 
   87 tmunro                   2789 GBC         590 :     switch (postgres_signal_arg)
   87 tmunro                   2790 ECB             :     {
   87 tmunro                   2791 CBC           6 :         case SIGTERM:
                               2792                 :             /* smart is implied if the other two flags aren't set */
   87 tmunro                   2793 GNC           6 :             pending_pm_shutdown_request = true;
                               2794               6 :             break;
                               2795             346 :         case SIGINT:
                               2796             346 :             pending_pm_fast_shutdown_request = true;
                               2797             346 :             pending_pm_shutdown_request = true;
                               2798             346 :             break;
                               2799             238 :         case SIGQUIT:
                               2800             238 :             pending_pm_immediate_shutdown_request = true;
                               2801             238 :             pending_pm_shutdown_request = true;
                               2802             238 :             break;
                               2803                 :     }
                               2804             590 :     SetLatch(MyLatch);
                               2805                 : 
 8147 tgl                      2806             590 :     errno = save_errno;
 8348 peter_e                  2807             590 : }
                               2808                 : 
                               2809                 : /*
                               2810                 :  * Process shutdown request.
                               2811                 :  */
                               2812                 : static void
   87 tmunro                   2813             590 : process_pm_shutdown_request(void)
                               2814                 : {
                               2815                 :     int         mode;
                               2816                 : 
 7180 tgl                      2817             590 :     ereport(DEBUG2,
                               2818                 :             (errmsg_internal("postmaster received shutdown request signal")));
                               2819                 : 
   87 tmunro                   2820             590 :     pending_pm_shutdown_request = false;
                               2821                 : 
                               2822                 :     /*
                               2823                 :      * If more than one shutdown request signal arrived since the last server
                               2824                 :      * loop, take the one that is the most immediate.  That matches the
                               2825                 :      * priority that would apply if we processed them one by one in any order.
                               2826                 :      */
                               2827             590 :     if (pending_pm_immediate_shutdown_request)
                               2828                 :     {
                               2829             238 :         pending_pm_immediate_shutdown_request = false;
                               2830             238 :         pending_pm_fast_shutdown_request = false;
                               2831             238 :         mode = ImmediateShutdown;
                               2832                 :     }
                               2833             352 :     else if (pending_pm_fast_shutdown_request)
                               2834                 :     {
                               2835             346 :         pending_pm_fast_shutdown_request = false;
                               2836             346 :         mode = FastShutdown;
                               2837                 :     }
                               2838                 :     else
                               2839               6 :         mode = SmartShutdown;
                               2840                 : 
                               2841             590 :     switch (mode)
                               2842                 :     {
                               2843               6 :         case SmartShutdown:
                               2844                 : 
                               2845                 :             /*
                               2846                 :              * Smart Shutdown:
 8586 vadim4o                  2847 ECB             :              *
                               2848                 :              * Wait for children to end their work, then shut down.
                               2849                 :              */
 8586 vadim4o                  2850 GIC           6 :             if (Shutdown >= SmartShutdown)
 7826 tgl                      2851 UIC           0 :                 break;
 8586 vadim4o                  2852 GIC           6 :             Shutdown = SmartShutdown;
 7201 tgl                      2853               6 :             ereport(LOG,
                               2854                 :                     (errmsg("received smart shutdown request")));
                               2855                 : 
                               2856                 :             /* Report status */
 2111 tgl                      2857 CBC           6 :             AddToDataDirLockFile(LOCK_FILE_LINE_PM_STATUS, PM_STATUS_STOPPING);
 2700 peter_e                  2858 ECB             : #ifdef USE_SYSTEMD
 2700 peter_e                  2859 GBC           6 :             sd_notify(0, "STOPPING=1");
                               2860                 : #endif
                               2861                 : 
  968 tgl                      2862 EUB             :             /*
                               2863                 :              * If we reached normal running, we go straight to waiting for
                               2864                 :              * client backends to exit.  If already in PM_STOP_BACKENDS or a
                               2865                 :              * later state, do not change it.
                               2866                 :              */
  368 sfrost                   2867 GIC           6 :             if (pmState == PM_RUN || pmState == PM_HOT_STANDBY)
                               2868               6 :                 connsAllowed = false;
  968 tgl                      2869 UIC           0 :             else if (pmState == PM_STARTUP || pmState == PM_RECOVERY)
 5722 tgl                      2870 ECB             :             {
  968                          2871                 :                 /* There should be no clients, so proceed to stop children */
  968 tgl                      2872 UIC           0 :                 pmState = PM_STOP_BACKENDS;
 5722 tgl                      2873 ECB             :             }
                               2874                 : 
                               2875                 :             /*
                               2876                 :              * Now wait for online backup mode to end and backends to exit. If
                               2877                 :              * that is already the case, PostmasterStateMachine will take the
                               2878                 :              * next step.
                               2879                 :              */
 5722 tgl                      2880 GIC           6 :             PostmasterStateMachine();
 7826 tgl                      2881 CBC           6 :             break;
 8586 vadim4o                  2882 EUB             : 
   87 tmunro                   2883 GNC         346 :         case FastShutdown:
 6797 bruce                    2884 ECB             : 
                               2885                 :             /*
                               2886                 :              * Fast Shutdown:
                               2887                 :              *
 6347                          2888                 :              * Abort all children with SIGTERM (rollback active transactions
                               2889                 :              * and exit) and shut down when they are gone.
 8586 vadim4o                  2890                 :              */
 8586 vadim4o                  2891 GIC         346 :             if (Shutdown >= FastShutdown)
 7826 tgl                      2892 UIC           0 :                 break;
 6997 tgl                      2893 CBC         346 :             Shutdown = FastShutdown;
 7201 tgl                      2894 GIC         346 :             ereport(LOG,
                               2895                 :                     (errmsg("received fast shutdown request")));
 2111 tgl                      2896 EUB             : 
                               2897                 :             /* Report status */
 2111 tgl                      2898 CBC         346 :             AddToDataDirLockFile(LOCK_FILE_LINE_PM_STATUS, PM_STATUS_STOPPING);
 2700 peter_e                  2899 ECB             : #ifdef USE_SYSTEMD
 2700 peter_e                  2900 GIC         346 :             sd_notify(0, "STOPPING=1");
                               2901                 : #endif
 6997 tgl                      2902 ECB             : 
 1684 michael                  2903 GIC         346 :             if (pmState == PM_STARTUP || pmState == PM_RECOVERY)
 5163 heikki.linnakangas       2904 ECB             :             {
                               2905                 :                 /* Just shut down background processes silently */
  968 tgl                      2906 UIC           0 :                 pmState = PM_STOP_BACKENDS;
                               2907                 :             }
 4672 rhaas                    2908 GIC         346 :             else if (pmState == PM_RUN ||
                               2909              33 :                      pmState == PM_HOT_STANDBY)
                               2910                 :             {
  968 tgl                      2911 ECB             :                 /* Report that we're about to zap live client sessions */
 5722 tgl                      2912 CBC         346 :                 ereport(LOG,
                               2913                 :                         (errmsg("aborting any active transactions")));
  968                          2914             346 :                 pmState = PM_STOP_BACKENDS;
                               2915                 :             }
                               2916                 : 
                               2917                 :             /*
                               2918                 :              * PostmasterStateMachine will issue any necessary signals, or
                               2919                 :              * take the next step if no child processes need to be killed.
                               2920                 :              */
 5722 tgl                      2921 GIC         346 :             PostmasterStateMachine();
 7826                          2922             346 :             break;
 8586 vadim4o                  2923 ECB             : 
   87 tmunro                   2924 GNC         238 :         case ImmediateShutdown:
 6797 bruce                    2925 ECB             : 
 8397                          2926                 :             /*
                               2927                 :              * Immediate Shutdown:
                               2928                 :              *
                               2929                 :              * abort all children with SIGQUIT, wait for them to exit,
 3572 alvherre                 2930                 :              * terminate remaining ones with SIGKILL, then exit without
                               2931                 :              * attempt to properly shut down the data base system.
 8586 vadim4o                  2932                 :              */
 3572 alvherre                 2933 GIC         238 :             if (Shutdown >= ImmediateShutdown)
 3572 alvherre                 2934 UIC           0 :                 break;
 3572 alvherre                 2935 GIC         238 :             Shutdown = ImmediateShutdown;
 7201 tgl                      2936             238 :             ereport(LOG,
 2615 tgl                      2937 ECB             :                     (errmsg("received immediate shutdown request")));
 2111                          2938                 : 
                               2939                 :             /* Report status */
 2111 tgl                      2940 GIC         238 :             AddToDataDirLockFile(LOCK_FILE_LINE_PM_STATUS, PM_STATUS_STOPPING);
                               2941                 : #ifdef USE_SYSTEMD
 2700 peter_e                  2942 CBC         238 :             sd_notify(0, "STOPPING=1");
                               2943                 : #endif
                               2944                 : 
                               2945                 :             /* tell children to shut down ASAP */
                               2946                 :             /* (note we don't apply send_abort_for_crash here) */
  836 tgl                      2947 GIC         238 :             SetQuitSignalReason(PMQUIT_FOR_STOP);
 3572 alvherre                 2948             238 :             TerminateChildren(SIGQUIT);
 3572 alvherre                 2949 CBC         238 :             pmState = PM_WAIT_BACKENDS;
 3572 alvherre                 2950 ECB             : 
                               2951                 :             /* set stopwatch for them to die */
 3572 alvherre                 2952 CBC         238 :             AbortStartTime = time(NULL);
                               2953                 : 
                               2954                 :             /*
 3572 alvherre                 2955 ECB             :              * Now wait for backends to exit.  If there are none,
                               2956                 :              * PostmasterStateMachine will take the next step.
                               2957                 :              */
 3572 alvherre                 2958 GIC         238 :             PostmasterStateMachine();
 8586 vadim4o                  2959 CBC         238 :             break;
 8993 scrappy                  2960 ECB             :     }
   87 tmunro                   2961 GNC         590 : }
                               2962                 : 
                               2963                 : static void
                               2964           13536 : handle_pm_child_exit_signal(SIGNAL_ARGS)
                               2965                 : {
                               2966           13536 :     int         save_errno = errno;
                               2967                 : 
                               2968           13536 :     pending_pm_child_exit = true;
                               2969           13536 :     SetLatch(MyLatch);
                               2970                 : 
 7826 tgl                      2971 GIC       13536 :     errno = save_errno;
 9770 scrappy                  2972           13536 : }
                               2973                 : 
 9770 scrappy                  2974 ECB             : /*
                               2975                 :  * Cleanup after a child process dies.
                               2976                 :  */
                               2977                 : static void
   87 tmunro                   2978 GNC       13502 : process_pm_child_exit(void)
 9770 scrappy                  2979 ECB             : {
 5722 tgl                      2980                 :     int         pid;            /* process id of dead child process */
                               2981                 :     int         exitstatus;     /* its exit status */
                               2982                 : 
   87 tmunro                   2983 GNC       13502 :     pending_pm_child_exit = false;
   87 tmunro                   2984 ECB             : 
 7180 tgl                      2985 GIC       13502 :     ereport(DEBUG4,
                               2986                 :             (errmsg_internal("reaping dead processes")));
                               2987                 : 
 3930                          2988           27539 :     while ((pid = waitpid(-1, &exitstatus, WNOHANG)) > 0)
                               2989                 :     {
 7824 tgl                      2990 ECB             :         /*
 6889                          2991                 :          * Check if this child was a startup process.
                               2992                 :          */
 5722 tgl                      2993 CBC       14037 :         if (pid == StartupPID)
 8586 vadim4o                  2994 ECB             :         {
 6889 tgl                      2995 GIC         597 :             StartupPID = 0;
 5722 tgl                      2996 ECB             : 
                               2997                 :             /*
                               2998                 :              * Startup process exited in response to a shutdown request (or it
 3791                          2999                 :              * completed normally regardless of the shutdown request).
                               3000                 :              */
 3791 tgl                      3001 GBC         597 :             if (Shutdown > NoShutdown &&
 3791 tgl                      3002 GIC          76 :                 (EXIT_STATUS_0(exitstatus) || EXIT_STATUS_1(exitstatus)))
 3791 tgl                      3003 EUB             :             {
 2831 tgl                      3004 GBC          33 :                 StartupStatus = STARTUP_NOT_RUNNING;
 3791                          3005              33 :                 pmState = PM_WAIT_BACKENDS;
 3057 simon                    3006 EUB             :                 /* PostmasterStateMachine logic does the rest */
 3057 simon                    3007 GIC          33 :                 continue;
 3057 simon                    3008 EUB             :             }
                               3009                 : 
 3057 simon                    3010 GIC         564 :             if (EXIT_STATUS_3(exitstatus))
                               3011                 :             {
 3057 simon                    3012 UIC           0 :                 ereport(LOG,
                               3013                 :                         (errmsg("shutdown at recovery target")));
 2831 tgl                      3014               0 :                 StartupStatus = STARTUP_NOT_RUNNING;
  968                          3015               0 :                 Shutdown = Max(Shutdown, SmartShutdown);
 3057 simon                    3016 LBC           0 :                 TerminateChildren(SIGTERM);
                               3017               0 :                 pmState = PM_WAIT_BACKENDS;
 3791 tgl                      3018 ECB             :                 /* PostmasterStateMachine logic does the rest */
 3791 tgl                      3019 UIC           0 :                 continue;
 3791 tgl                      3020 EUB             :             }
                               3021                 : 
 5163 heikki.linnakangas       3022                 :             /*
                               3023                 :              * Unexpected exit of startup process (including FATAL exit)
 5035 tgl                      3024                 :              * during PM_STARTUP is treated as catastrophic. There are no
                               3025                 :              * other processes running yet, so we can just exit.
                               3026                 :              */
 1322 tgl                      3027 GIC         564 :             if (pmState == PM_STARTUP &&
                               3028             413 :                 StartupStatus != STARTUP_SIGNALED &&
                               3029             413 :                 !EXIT_STATUS_0(exitstatus))
                               3030                 :             {
 6620 bruce                    3031 UIC           0 :                 LogChildExit(LOG, _("startup process"),
                               3032                 :                              pid, exitstatus);
 7201 tgl                      3033               0 :                 ereport(LOG,
                               3034                 :                         (errmsg("aborting startup due to startup process failure")));
 8166                          3035               0 :                 ExitPostmaster(1);
                               3036                 :             }
                               3037                 : 
                               3038                 :             /*
                               3039                 :              * After PM_STARTUP, any unexpected exit (including FATAL exit) of
                               3040                 :              * the startup process is catastrophic, so kill other children,
                               3041                 :              * and set StartupStatus so we don't try to reinitialize after
                               3042                 :              * they're gone.  Exception: if StartupStatus is STARTUP_SIGNALED,
                               3043                 :              * then we previously sent the startup process a SIGQUIT; so
                               3044                 :              * that's probably the reason it died, and we do want to try to
 4080 tgl                      3045 ECB             :              * restart in that case.
                               3046                 :              *
 1322                          3047                 :              * This stanza also handles the case where we sent a SIGQUIT
                               3048                 :              * during PM_STARTUP due to some dead_end child crashing: in that
                               3049                 :              * situation, if the startup process dies on the SIGQUIT, we need
                               3050                 :              * to transition to PM_WAIT_BACKENDS state which will allow
 1322 tgl                      3051 EUB             :              * PostmasterStateMachine to restart the startup process.  (On the
                               3052                 :              * other hand, the startup process might complete normally, if we
                               3053                 :              * were too late with the SIGQUIT.  In that case we'll fall
 1322 tgl                      3054 ECB             :              * through and commence normal operations.)
 7350                          3055                 :              */
 5163 heikki.linnakangas       3056 CBC         564 :             if (!EXIT_STATUS_0(exitstatus))
 5722 tgl                      3057 ECB             :             {
 2831 tgl                      3058 GIC          46 :                 if (StartupStatus == STARTUP_SIGNALED)
                               3059                 :                 {
                               3060              43 :                     StartupStatus = STARTUP_NOT_RUNNING;
 1322                          3061              43 :                     if (pmState == PM_STARTUP)
 1322 tgl                      3062 UIC           0 :                         pmState = PM_WAIT_BACKENDS;
 1322 tgl                      3063 ECB             :                 }
 2831                          3064                 :                 else
 2831 tgl                      3065 CBC           3 :                     StartupStatus = STARTUP_CRASHED;
 5163 heikki.linnakangas       3066              46 :                 HandleChildCrash(pid, exitstatus,
                               3067              46 :                                  _("startup process"));
 5722 tgl                      3068              46 :                 continue;
                               3069                 :             }
                               3070                 : 
                               3071                 :             /*
                               3072                 :              * Startup succeeded, commence normal operations
                               3073                 :              */
 2831 tgl                      3074 GIC         518 :             StartupStatus = STARTUP_NOT_RUNNING;
 5158 heikki.linnakangas       3075 CBC         518 :             FatalError = false;
 1322 tgl                      3076 GBC         518 :             AbortStartTime = 0;
 4701 rhaas                    3077 CBC         518 :             ReachedNormalRunning = true;
 5158 heikki.linnakangas       3078 GBC         518 :             pmState = PM_RUN;
  368 sfrost                   3079 CBC         518 :             connsAllowed = true;
 5158 heikki.linnakangas       3080 ECB             : 
                               3081                 :             /*
                               3082                 :              * Crank up the background tasks, if we didn't do that already
                               3083                 :              * when we entered consistent recovery state.  It doesn't matter
                               3084                 :              * if this fails, we'll just try again later.
                               3085                 :              */
 4177 simon                    3086 CBC         518 :             if (CheckpointerPID == 0)
 4177 simon                    3087 LBC           0 :                 CheckpointerPID = StartCheckpointer();
 3964 simon                    3088 CBC         518 :             if (BgWriterPID == 0)
 3964 simon                    3089 LBC           0 :                 BgWriterPID = StartBackgroundWriter();
 3985 tgl                      3090 GIC         518 :             if (WalWriterPID == 0)
                               3091             518 :                 WalWriterPID = StartWalWriter();
 5158 heikki.linnakangas       3092 ECB             : 
                               3093                 :             /*
                               3094                 :              * Likewise, start other special children as needed.  In a restart
                               3095                 :              * situation, some of them may be alive already.
                               3096                 :              */
 4367 bruce                    3097 GIC         518 :             if (!IsBinaryUpgrade && AutoVacuumingActive() && AutoVacPID == 0)
 5158 heikki.linnakangas       3098             493 :                 AutoVacPID = StartAutoVacLauncher();
 2858 fujii                    3099 CBC         518 :             if (PgArchStartupAllowed() && PgArchPID == 0)
  755 fujii                    3100 GIC          27 :                 PgArchPID = StartArchiver();
 5158 heikki.linnakangas       3101 ECB             : 
                               3102                 :             /* workers may be scheduled to start now */
 2174 tgl                      3103 GIC         518 :             maybe_start_bgworkers();
 3776 alvherre                 3104 ECB             : 
                               3105                 :             /* at this point we are really open for business */
 5158 heikki.linnakangas       3106 GIC         518 :             ereport(LOG,
                               3107                 :                     (errmsg("database system is ready to accept connections")));
                               3108                 : 
                               3109                 :             /* Report status */
 2111 tgl                      3110             518 :             AddToDataDirLockFile(LOCK_FILE_LINE_PM_STATUS, PM_STATUS_READY);
                               3111                 : #ifdef USE_SYSTEMD
 2700 peter_e                  3112 CBC         518 :             sd_notify(0, "READY=1");
                               3113                 : #endif
 2700 peter_e                  3114 ECB             : 
 5156 heikki.linnakangas       3115 CBC         518 :             continue;
 6889 tgl                      3116 ECB             :         }
                               3117                 : 
                               3118                 :         /*
                               3119                 :          * Was it the bgwriter?  Normal exit can be ignored; we'll start a new
                               3120                 :          * one at the next iteration of the postmaster's main loop, if
                               3121                 :          * necessary.  Any other exit condition is treated as a crash.
                               3122                 :          */
 5722 tgl                      3123 GIC       13440 :         if (pid == BgWriterPID)
 6889 tgl                      3124 ECB             :         {
 6873 tgl                      3125 GIC         597 :             BgWriterPID = 0;
 4177 simon                    3126 CBC         597 :             if (!EXIT_STATUS_0(exitstatus))
                               3127             245 :                 HandleChildCrash(pid, exitstatus,
 4177 simon                    3128 GIC         245 :                                  _("background writer process"));
                               3129             597 :             continue;
                               3130                 :         }
                               3131                 : 
                               3132                 :         /*
                               3133                 :          * Was it the checkpointer?
                               3134                 :          */
                               3135           12843 :         if (pid == CheckpointerPID)
                               3136                 :         {
                               3137             597 :             CheckpointerPID = 0;
 5722 tgl                      3138             597 :             if (EXIT_STATUS_0(exitstatus) && pmState == PM_SHUTDOWN)
                               3139                 :             {
                               3140                 :                 /*
                               3141                 :                  * OK, we saw normal exit of the checkpointer after it's been
                               3142                 :                  * told to shut down.  We expect that it wrote a shutdown
 3260 bruce                    3143 ECB             :                  * checkpoint.  (If for some reason it didn't, recovery will
                               3144                 :                  * occur on next postmaster start.)
                               3145                 :                  *
 5567 tgl                      3146                 :                  * At this point we should have no normal backend children
                               3147                 :                  * left (else we'd not be in PM_SHUTDOWN state) but we might
                               3148                 :                  * have dead_end children to wait for.
                               3149                 :                  *
                               3150                 :                  * If we have an archiver subprocess, tell it to do a last
                               3151                 :                  * archive cycle and quit. Likewise, if we have walsender
                               3152                 :                  * processes, tell them to send any remaining WAL and quit.
 6889                          3153                 :                  */
 5722 tgl                      3154 GIC         352 :                 Assert(Shutdown > NoShutdown);
 5567 tgl                      3155 ECB             : 
                               3156                 :                 /* Waken archiver for the last time */
 5567 tgl                      3157 GIC         352 :                 if (PgArchPID != 0)
                               3158              10 :                     signal_child(PgArchPID, SIGUSR2);
                               3159                 : 
                               3160                 :                 /*
                               3161                 :                  * Waken walsenders for the last time. No regular backends
                               3162                 :                  * should be around anymore.
 4832 heikki.linnakangas       3163 ECB             :                  */
 2134 andres                   3164 CBC         352 :                 SignalChildren(SIGUSR2);
                               3165                 : 
 4832 heikki.linnakangas       3166 GIC         352 :                 pmState = PM_SHUTDOWN_2;
 8586 vadim4o                  3167 ECB             :             }
                               3168                 :             else
                               3169                 :             {
                               3170                 :                 /*
                               3171                 :                  * Any unexpected exit of the checkpointer (including FATAL
                               3172                 :                  * exit) is treated as a crash.
                               3173                 :                  */
 5722 tgl                      3174 GIC         245 :                 HandleChildCrash(pid, exitstatus,
 4177 simon                    3175 CBC         245 :                                  _("checkpointer process"));
                               3176                 :             }
 5974 tgl                      3177 ECB             : 
 6889 tgl                      3178 CBC         597 :             continue;
 8586 vadim4o                  3179 ECB             :         }
 7961 JanWieck                 3180                 : 
 5738 tgl                      3181                 :         /*
                               3182                 :          * Was it the wal writer?  Normal exit can be ignored; we'll start a
                               3183                 :          * new one at the next iteration of the postmaster's main loop, if
                               3184                 :          * necessary.  Any other exit condition is treated as a crash.
                               3185                 :          */
 5722 tgl                      3186 GIC       12246 :         if (pid == WalWriterPID)
                               3187                 :         {
 5738                          3188             518 :             WalWriterPID = 0;
                               3189             518 :             if (!EXIT_STATUS_0(exitstatus))
 5738 tgl                      3190 CBC         199 :                 HandleChildCrash(pid, exitstatus,
 5631 peter_e                  3191 GIC         199 :                                  _("WAL writer process"));
 5738 tgl                      3192 CBC         518 :             continue;
 5738 tgl                      3193 ECB             :         }
                               3194                 : 
 4832 heikki.linnakangas       3195                 :         /*
                               3196                 :          * Was it the wal receiver?  If exit status is zero (normal) or one
                               3197                 :          * (FATAL exit), we assume everything is all right just like normal
                               3198                 :          * backends.  (If we need a new wal receiver, we'll start one at the
                               3199                 :          * next iteration of the postmaster's main loop.)
                               3200                 :          */
 4832 heikki.linnakangas       3201 GIC       11728 :         if (pid == WalReceiverPID)
                               3202                 :         {
                               3203             201 :             WalReceiverPID = 0;
                               3204             201 :             if (!EXIT_STATUS_0(exitstatus) && !EXIT_STATUS_1(exitstatus))
 4832 heikki.linnakangas       3205 CBC          29 :                 HandleChildCrash(pid, exitstatus,
 4832 heikki.linnakangas       3206 GIC          29 :                                  _("WAL receiver process"));
 4832 heikki.linnakangas       3207 CBC         201 :             continue;
 4832 heikki.linnakangas       3208 ECB             :         }
                               3209                 : 
 6478 tgl                      3210                 :         /*
 5624 bruce                    3211                 :          * Was it the autovacuum launcher?  Normal exit can be ignored; we'll
                               3212                 :          * start a new one at the next iteration of the postmaster's main
                               3213                 :          * loop, if necessary.  Any other exit condition is treated as a
                               3214                 :          * crash.
                               3215                 :          */
 5722 tgl                      3216 GIC       11527 :         if (pid == AutoVacPID)
                               3217                 :         {
 6478                          3218             493 :             AutoVacPID = 0;
 5897 alvherre                 3219             493 :             if (!EXIT_STATUS_0(exitstatus))
 6478 tgl                      3220             190 :                 HandleChildCrash(pid, exitstatus,
 5897 alvherre                 3221             190 :                                  _("autovacuum launcher process"));
 6478 tgl                      3222             493 :             continue;
 6478 tgl                      3223 ECB             :         }
                               3224                 : 
 6838                          3225                 :         /*
  755 fujii                    3226                 :          * Was it the archiver?  If exit status is zero (normal) or one (FATAL
                               3227                 :          * exit), we assume everything is all right just like normal backends
                               3228                 :          * and just try to restart a new one so that we immediately retry
                               3229                 :          * archiving remaining files. (If fail, we'll try again in future
  755 fujii                    3230 EUB             :          * cycles of the postmaster's main loop.) Unless we were waiting for
  755 fujii                    3231 ECB             :          * it to shut down; don't restart it in that case, and
                               3232                 :          * PostmasterStateMachine() will advance to the next shutdown step.
                               3233                 :          */
 5722 tgl                      3234 GIC       11034 :         if (pid == PgArchPID)
 6838 tgl                      3235 ECB             :         {
 6838 tgl                      3236 GIC          30 :             PgArchPID = 0;
  755 fujii                    3237 GBC          30 :             if (!EXIT_STATUS_0(exitstatus) && !EXIT_STATUS_1(exitstatus))
  755 fujii                    3238 GIC          20 :                 HandleChildCrash(pid, exitstatus,
  755 fujii                    3239 GBC          20 :                                  _("archiver process"));
 2858                          3240              30 :             if (PgArchStartupAllowed())
  755 fujii                    3241 UBC           0 :                 PgArchPID = StartArchiver();
 6838 tgl                      3242 GIC          30 :             continue;
 6838 tgl                      3243 EUB             :         }
                               3244                 : 
                               3245                 :         /* Was it the system logger?  If so, try to start a new one */
 5722 tgl                      3246 GIC       11004 :         if (pid == SysLoggerPID)
 6821 tgl                      3247 ECB             :         {
 6821 tgl                      3248 UIC           0 :             SysLoggerPID = 0;
                               3249                 :             /* for safety's sake, launch new logger *first* */
 6821 tgl                      3250 LBC           0 :             SysLoggerPID = SysLogger_Start();
 5983                          3251               0 :             if (!EXIT_STATUS_0(exitstatus))
 6620 bruce                    3252 UIC           0 :                 LogChildExit(LOG, _("system logger process"),
                               3253                 :                              pid, exitstatus);
 6821 tgl                      3254               0 :             continue;
                               3255                 :         }
                               3256                 : 
 3776 alvherre                 3257 ECB             :         /* Was it one of our background workers? */
 3776 alvherre                 3258 GIC       11004 :         if (CleanupBackgroundWorker(pid, exitstatus))
                               3259                 :         {
                               3260                 :             /* have it be restarted */
                               3261            2153 :             HaveCrashedWorker = true;
                               3262            2153 :             continue;
                               3263                 :         }
 3776 alvherre                 3264 ECB             : 
 7274 tgl                      3265                 :         /*
                               3266                 :          * Else do standard backend child cleanup.
                               3267                 :          */
 6822 tgl                      3268 GIC        8851 :         CleanupBackend(pid, exitstatus);
                               3269                 :     }                           /* loop over pending child-death reports */
                               3270                 : 
                               3271                 :     /*
                               3272                 :      * After cleaning out the SIGCHLD queue, see if we have any state changes
                               3273                 :      * or actions to make.
                               3274                 :      */
 5722                          3275           13502 :     PostmasterStateMachine();
 9770 scrappy                  3276 CBC       12909 : }
                               3277                 : 
                               3278                 : /*
                               3279                 :  * Scan the bgworkers list and see if the given PID (which has just stopped
 3776 alvherre                 3280 ECB             :  * or crashed) is in it.  Handle its shutdown if so, and return true.  If not a
                               3281                 :  * bgworker, return false.
                               3282                 :  *
                               3283                 :  * This is heavily based on CleanupBackend.  One important difference is that
                               3284                 :  * we don't know yet that the dying process is a bgworker, so we must be silent
                               3285                 :  * until we're sure it is.
                               3286                 :  */
                               3287                 : static bool
 3776 alvherre                 3288 GIC       11004 : CleanupBackgroundWorker(int pid,
                               3289                 :                         int exitstatus) /* child's exit status */
                               3290                 : {
 3776 alvherre                 3291 ECB             :     char        namebuf[MAXPGPATH];
 2153 bruce                    3292                 :     slist_mutable_iter iter;
                               3293                 : 
 2228 rhaas                    3294 GIC       22535 :     slist_foreach_modify(iter, &BackgroundWorkerList)
 3776 alvherre                 3295 ECB             :     {
                               3296                 :         RegisteredBgWorker *rw;
                               3297                 : 
 3776 alvherre                 3298 CBC       13684 :         rw = slist_container(RegisteredBgWorker, rw_lnode, iter.cur);
                               3299                 : 
 3776 alvherre                 3300 GIC       13684 :         if (rw->rw_pid != pid)
                               3301           11531 :             continue;
                               3302                 : 
 3776 alvherre                 3303 ECB             : #ifdef WIN32
                               3304                 :         /* see CleanupBackend */
                               3305                 :         if (exitstatus == ERROR_WAIT_NO_CHILDREN)
                               3306                 :             exitstatus = 0;
                               3307                 : #endif
                               3308                 : 
 2047 peter_e                  3309 GIC        2153 :         snprintf(namebuf, MAXPGPATH, _("background worker \"%s\""),
                               3310            2153 :                  rw->rw_worker.bgw_type);
 2047 peter_e                  3311 ECB             : 
                               3312                 : 
 3776 alvherre                 3313 CBC        2153 :         if (!EXIT_STATUS_0(exitstatus))
 3259 rhaas                    3314 ECB             :         {
                               3315                 :             /* Record timestamp, so we know when to restart the worker. */
 3776 alvherre                 3316 GIC         662 :             rw->rw_crashed_at = GetCurrentTimestamp();
                               3317                 :         }
                               3318                 :         else
                               3319                 :         {
                               3320                 :             /* Zero exit status means terminate */
                               3321            1491 :             rw->rw_crashed_at = 0;
 3259 rhaas                    3322 CBC        1491 :             rw->rw_terminate = true;
                               3323                 :         }
 3776 alvherre                 3324 EUB             : 
                               3325                 :         /*
                               3326                 :          * Additionally, just like a backend, any exit status other than 0 or
                               3327                 :          * 1 is considered a crash and causes a system-wide restart.
                               3328                 :          */
  604 andres                   3329 CBC        2153 :         if (!EXIT_STATUS_0(exitstatus) && !EXIT_STATUS_1(exitstatus))
                               3330                 :         {
  604 andres                   3331 GIC         210 :             HandleChildCrash(pid, exitstatus, namebuf);
                               3332             210 :             return true;
                               3333                 :         }
                               3334                 : 
                               3335                 :         /*
                               3336                 :          * We must release the postmaster child slot. If the worker failed to
                               3337                 :          * do so, it did not clean up after itself, requiring a crash-restart
                               3338                 :          * cycle.
                               3339                 :          */
  604 andres                   3340 CBC        1943 :         if (!ReleasePostmasterChildSlot(rw->rw_child_slot))
 3259 rhaas                    3341 ECB             :         {
 3259 rhaas                    3342 LBC           0 :             HandleChildCrash(pid, exitstatus, namebuf);
                               3343               0 :             return true;
 3776 alvherre                 3344 ECB             :         }
                               3345                 : 
                               3346                 :         /* Get it out of the BackendList and clear out remaining data */
 2777 rhaas                    3347 GIC        1943 :         dlist_delete(&rw->rw_backend->elem);
 3776 alvherre                 3348 ECB             : #ifdef EXEC_BACKEND
                               3349                 :         ShmemBackendArrayRemove(rw->rw_backend);
                               3350                 : #endif
 3260 bruce                    3351                 : 
                               3352                 :         /*
                               3353                 :          * It's possible that this background worker started some OTHER
 2495 rhaas                    3354                 :          * background worker and asked to be notified when that worker started
                               3355                 :          * or stopped.  If so, cancel any notifications destined for the
                               3356                 :          * now-dead backend.
                               3357                 :          */
 2777 rhaas                    3358 GIC        1943 :         if (rw->rw_backend->bgworker_notify)
                               3359             125 :             BackgroundWorkerStopNotifications(rw->rw_pid);
                               3360            1943 :         free(rw->rw_backend);
                               3361            1943 :         rw->rw_backend = NULL;
 3776 alvherre                 3362            1943 :         rw->rw_pid = 0;
                               3363            1943 :         rw->rw_child_slot = 0;
 2118 tgl                      3364            1943 :         ReportBackgroundWorkerExit(&iter);  /* report child death */
 3776 alvherre                 3365 ECB             : 
 2844 rhaas                    3366 GIC        1943 :         LogChildExit(EXIT_STATUS_0(exitstatus) ? DEBUG1 : LOG,
                               3367                 :                      namebuf, pid, exitstatus);
                               3368                 : 
 3776 alvherre                 3369            1943 :         return true;
 3776 alvherre                 3370 ECB             :     }
                               3371                 : 
 3776 alvherre                 3372 GIC        8851 :     return false;
                               3373                 : }
                               3374                 : 
                               3375                 : /*
                               3376                 :  * CleanupBackend -- cleanup after terminated backend.
                               3377                 :  *
                               3378                 :  * Remove all local state associated with backend.
                               3379                 :  *
                               3380                 :  * If you change this, see also CleanupBackgroundWorker.
                               3381                 :  */
                               3382                 : static void
 6822 tgl                      3383            8851 : CleanupBackend(int pid,
                               3384                 :                int exitstatus)  /* child's exit status. */
                               3385                 : {
                               3386                 :     dlist_mutable_iter iter;
                               3387                 : 
 6620 bruce                    3388            8851 :     LogChildExit(DEBUG2, _("server process"), pid, exitstatus);
                               3389                 : 
                               3390                 :     /*
                               3391                 :      * If a backend dies in an ugly way then we must signal all other backends
                               3392                 :      * to quickdie.  If exit status is zero (normal) or one (FATAL exit), we
                               3393                 :      * assume everything is all right and proceed to remove the backend from
                               3394                 :      * the active backend list.
 9345 bruce                    3395 ECB             :      */
                               3396                 : 
 3314                          3397                 : #ifdef WIN32
 3260                          3398                 : 
                               3399                 :     /*
                               3400                 :      * On win32, also treat ERROR_WAIT_NO_CHILDREN (128) as nonfatal case,
 4382                          3401                 :      * since that sometimes happens under load when the process fails to start
                               3402                 :      * properly (long before it starts using shared memory). Microsoft reports
                               3403                 :      * it is related to mutex failure:
                               3404                 :      * http://archives.postgresql.org/pgsql-hackers/2010-09/msg00790.php
 4588 magnus                   3405                 :      */
                               3406                 :     if (exitstatus == ERROR_WAIT_NO_CHILDREN)
                               3407                 :     {
                               3408                 :         LogChildExit(LOG, _("server process"), pid, exitstatus);
                               3409                 :         exitstatus = 0;
                               3410                 :     }
                               3411                 : #endif
                               3412                 : 
 5983 tgl                      3413 GIC        8851 :     if (!EXIT_STATUS_0(exitstatus) && !EXIT_STATUS_1(exitstatus))
                               3414                 :     {
 6620 bruce                    3415 GBC         254 :         HandleChildCrash(pid, exitstatus, _("server process"));
 6889 tgl                      3416             254 :         return;
                               3417                 :     }
                               3418                 : 
 3827 alvherre                 3419 GIC       22317 :     dlist_foreach_modify(iter, &BackendList)
                               3420                 :     {
                               3421           22317 :         Backend    *bp = dlist_container(Backend, elem, iter.cur);
 6889 tgl                      3422 ECB             : 
 6889 tgl                      3423 GIC       22317 :         if (bp->pid == pid)
                               3424                 :         {
 5722                          3425            8597 :             if (!bp->dead_end)
                               3426                 :             {
 5087                          3427            8573 :                 if (!ReleasePostmasterChildSlot(bp->child_slot))
                               3428                 :                 {
                               3429                 :                     /*
                               3430                 :                      * Uh-oh, the child failed to clean itself up.  Treat as a
                               3431                 :                      * crash after all.
 5087 tgl                      3432 ECB             :                      */
 5087 tgl                      3433 UIC           0 :                     HandleChildCrash(pid, exitstatus, _("server process"));
 5087 tgl                      3434 LBC           0 :                     return;
 5087 tgl                      3435 ECB             :                 }
                               3436                 : #ifdef EXEC_BACKEND
                               3437                 :                 ShmemBackendArrayRemove(bp);
                               3438                 : #endif
                               3439                 :             }
 3511 rhaas                    3440 GIC        8597 :             if (bp->bgworker_notify)
                               3441                 :             {
                               3442                 :                 /*
                               3443                 :                  * This backend may have been slated to receive SIGUSR1 when
                               3444                 :                  * some background worker started or stopped.  Cancel those
                               3445                 :                  * notifications, as we don't want to signal PIDs that are not
                               3446                 :                  * PostgreSQL backends.  This gets skipped in the (probably
                               3447                 :                  * very common) case where the backend has never requested any
                               3448                 :                  * such notifications.
 3511 rhaas                    3449 ECB             :                  */
 3511 rhaas                    3450 GIC          57 :                 BackgroundWorkerStopNotifications(bp->pid);
                               3451                 :             }
 3825 tgl                      3452            8597 :             dlist_delete(iter.cur);
 6889                          3453            8597 :             free(bp);
                               3454            8597 :             break;
                               3455                 :         }
                               3456                 :     }
                               3457                 : }
                               3458                 : 
                               3459                 : /*
                               3460                 :  * HandleChildCrash -- cleanup after failed backend, bgwriter, checkpointer,
                               3461                 :  * walwriter, autovacuum, archiver or background worker.
                               3462                 :  *
 6889 tgl                      3463 ECB             :  * The objectives here are to clean up our local state about the child
                               3464                 :  * process, and to signal all other remaining children to quickdie.
                               3465                 :  */
                               3466                 : static void
 6822 tgl                      3467 CBC        1438 : HandleChildCrash(int pid, int exitstatus, const char *procname)
 6889 tgl                      3468 ECB             : {
                               3469                 :     dlist_mutable_iter iter;
 3776 alvherre                 3470                 :     slist_iter  siter;
                               3471                 :     Backend    *bp;
                               3472                 :     bool        take_action;
                               3473                 : 
 6889 tgl                      3474                 :     /*
                               3475                 :      * We only log messages and send signals if this is the first process
                               3476                 :      * crash and we're not doing an immediate shutdown; otherwise, we're only
                               3477                 :      * here to update postmaster's idea of live processes.  If we have already
 1036 peter                    3478                 :      * signaled children, nonzero exit status is to be expected, so don't
 3260 bruce                    3479                 :      * clutter log.
 6889 tgl                      3480                 :      */
 3572 alvherre                 3481 CBC        1438 :     take_action = !FatalError && Shutdown != ImmediateShutdown;
                               3482                 : 
 3572 alvherre                 3483 GIC        1438 :     if (take_action)
                               3484                 :     {
 6822 tgl                      3485               7 :         LogChildExit(LOG, procname, pid, exitstatus);
 7201 tgl                      3486 CBC           7 :         ereport(LOG,
 6385 bruce                    3487 ECB             :                 (errmsg("terminating any other active server processes")));
  836 tgl                      3488 GIC           7 :         SetQuitSignalReason(PMQUIT_FOR_CRASH);
                               3489                 :     }
                               3490                 : 
 3776 alvherre                 3491 ECB             :     /* Process background workers. */
 3776 alvherre                 3492 CBC        2942 :     slist_foreach(siter, &BackgroundWorkerList)
 3776 alvherre                 3493 ECB             :     {
                               3494                 :         RegisteredBgWorker *rw;
                               3495                 : 
 3776 alvherre                 3496 GIC        1504 :         rw = slist_container(RegisteredBgWorker, rw_lnode, siter.cur);
                               3497            1504 :         if (rw->rw_pid == 0)
 3602 bruce                    3498             695 :             continue;           /* not running */
 3776 alvherre                 3499             809 :         if (rw->rw_pid == pid)
                               3500                 :         {
                               3501                 :             /*
                               3502                 :              * Found entry for freshly-dead worker, so remove it.
                               3503                 :              */
                               3504             210 :             (void) ReleasePostmasterChildSlot(rw->rw_child_slot);
 2777 rhaas                    3505 CBC         210 :             dlist_delete(&rw->rw_backend->elem);
 3776 alvherre                 3506 ECB             : #ifdef EXEC_BACKEND
                               3507                 :             ShmemBackendArrayRemove(rw->rw_backend);
                               3508                 : #endif
 2777 rhaas                    3509 GIC         210 :             free(rw->rw_backend);
                               3510             210 :             rw->rw_backend = NULL;
 3776 alvherre                 3511 CBC         210 :             rw->rw_pid = 0;
 3776 alvherre                 3512 GIC         210 :             rw->rw_child_slot = 0;
 3776 alvherre                 3513 ECB             :             /* don't reset crashed_at */
                               3514                 :             /* don't report child stop, either */
                               3515                 :             /* Keep looping so we can signal remaining workers */
                               3516                 :         }
                               3517                 :         else
                               3518                 :         {
                               3519                 :             /*
 3260 bruce                    3520                 :              * This worker is still alive.  Unless we did so already, tell it
                               3521                 :              * to commit hara-kiri.
 3776 alvherre                 3522                 :              */
 3572 alvherre                 3523 CBC         599 :             if (take_action)
  139 tgl                      3524 GNC           4 :                 sigquit_child(rw->rw_pid);
                               3525                 :         }
                               3526                 :     }
                               3527                 : 
                               3528                 :     /* Process regular backends */
 3827 alvherre                 3529 GIC        3455 :     dlist_foreach_modify(iter, &BackendList)
                               3530                 :     {
                               3531            2017 :         bp = dlist_container(Backend, elem, iter.cur);
 3827 alvherre                 3532 ECB             : 
 6889 tgl                      3533 CBC        2017 :         if (bp->pid == pid)
                               3534                 :         {
 6889 tgl                      3535 ECB             :             /*
                               3536                 :              * Found entry for freshly-dead backend, so remove it.
                               3537                 :              */
 5722 tgl                      3538 GIC         254 :             if (!bp->dead_end)
                               3539                 :             {
 5087                          3540             254 :                 (void) ReleasePostmasterChildSlot(bp->child_slot);
 5087 tgl                      3541 ECB             : #ifdef EXEC_BACKEND
                               3542                 :                 ShmemBackendArrayRemove(bp);
 5722 tgl                      3543 EUB             : #endif
                               3544                 :             }
 3825 tgl                      3545 GIC         254 :             dlist_delete(iter.cur);
 6889 tgl                      3546 CBC         254 :             free(bp);
                               3547                 :             /* Keep looping so we can signal remaining backends */
 6889 tgl                      3548 EUB             :         }
                               3549                 :         else
                               3550                 :         {
                               3551                 :             /*
                               3552                 :              * This backend is still alive.  Unless we did so already, tell it
 6385 bruce                    3553 ECB             :              * to commit hara-kiri.
 8145 tgl                      3554 EUB             :              *
                               3555                 :              * We could exclude dead_end children here, but at least when
                               3556                 :              * sending SIGABRT it seems better to include them.
 3776 alvherre                 3557 ECB             :              *
                               3558                 :              * Background workers were already processed above; ignore them
                               3559                 :              * here.
 8145 tgl                      3560                 :              */
 3776 alvherre                 3561 GBC        1763 :             if (bp->bkend_type == BACKEND_TYPE_BGWORKER)
 3776 alvherre                 3562 CBC         599 :                 continue;
 3776 alvherre                 3563 ECB             : 
 3572 alvherre                 3564 GIC        1164 :             if (take_action)
  139 tgl                      3565 GNC           6 :                 sigquit_child(bp->pid);
 9345 bruce                    3566 ECB             :         }
 9345 bruce                    3567 EUB             :     }
 9345 bruce                    3568 ECB             : 
 5163 heikki.linnakangas       3569                 :     /* Take care of the startup process too */
 5163 heikki.linnakangas       3570 GIC        1438 :     if (pid == StartupPID)
                               3571                 :     {
 5163 heikki.linnakangas       3572 LBC           0 :         StartupPID = 0;
 1322 tgl                      3573 EUB             :         /* Caller adjusts StartupStatus, so don't touch it here */
 2831 tgl                      3574 ECB             :     }
 3572 alvherre                 3575 GBC        1438 :     else if (StartupPID != 0 && take_action)
                               3576                 :     {
  139 tgl                      3577 UNC           0 :         sigquit_child(StartupPID);
 2831 tgl                      3578 UIC           0 :         StartupStatus = STARTUP_SIGNALED;
 5163 heikki.linnakangas       3579 ECB             :     }
                               3580                 : 
 6889 tgl                      3581                 :     /* Take care of the bgwriter too */
 6889 tgl                      3582 CBC        1438 :     if (pid == BgWriterPID)
 7081 JanWieck                 3583 LBC           0 :         BgWriterPID = 0;
 3572 alvherre                 3584 CBC        1438 :     else if (BgWriterPID != 0 && take_action)
  139 tgl                      3585 GNC           7 :         sigquit_child(BgWriterPID);
 8145 tgl                      3586 ECB             : 
                               3587                 :     /* Take care of the checkpointer too */
 4177 simon                    3588 GIC        1438 :     if (pid == CheckpointerPID)
 4177 simon                    3589 UIC           0 :         CheckpointerPID = 0;
 3572 alvherre                 3590 GIC        1438 :     else if (CheckpointerPID != 0 && take_action)
  139 tgl                      3591 GNC           7 :         sigquit_child(CheckpointerPID);
                               3592                 : 
 5738 tgl                      3593 ECB             :     /* Take care of the walwriter too */
 5738 tgl                      3594 GIC        1438 :     if (pid == WalWriterPID)
 5738 tgl                      3595 LBC           0 :         WalWriterPID = 0;
 3572 alvherre                 3596 CBC        1438 :     else if (WalWriterPID != 0 && take_action)
  139 tgl                      3597 GNC           4 :         sigquit_child(WalWriterPID);
                               3598                 : 
                               3599                 :     /* Take care of the walreceiver too */
 4832 heikki.linnakangas       3600 GIC        1438 :     if (pid == WalReceiverPID)
 4832 heikki.linnakangas       3601 UIC           0 :         WalReceiverPID = 0;
 3572 alvherre                 3602 GIC        1438 :     else if (WalReceiverPID != 0 && take_action)
  139 tgl                      3603 UNC           0 :         sigquit_child(WalReceiverPID);
                               3604                 : 
                               3605                 :     /* Take care of the autovacuum launcher too */
 6478 tgl                      3606 GIC        1438 :     if (pid == AutoVacPID)
 6478 tgl                      3607 UIC           0 :         AutoVacPID = 0;
 3572 alvherre                 3608 GIC        1438 :     else if (AutoVacPID != 0 && take_action)
  139 tgl                      3609 GNC           4 :         sigquit_child(AutoVacPID);
                               3610                 : 
                               3611                 :     /* Take care of the archiver too */
  755 fujii                    3612 GIC        1438 :     if (pid == PgArchPID)
  755 fujii                    3613 UIC           0 :         PgArchPID = 0;
  755 fujii                    3614 GIC        1438 :     else if (PgArchPID != 0 && take_action)
  139 tgl                      3615 UNC           0 :         sigquit_child(PgArchPID);
                               3616                 : 
                               3617                 :     /* We do NOT restart the syslogger */
 6821 tgl                      3618 ECB             : 
 3572 alvherre                 3619 GIC        1438 :     if (Shutdown != ImmediateShutdown)
                               3620              39 :         FatalError = true;
                               3621                 : 
                               3622                 :     /* We now transit into a state of waiting for children to die */
 5163 heikki.linnakangas       3623            1438 :     if (pmState == PM_RECOVERY ||
 4712 rhaas                    3624            1436 :         pmState == PM_HOT_STANDBY ||
 5163 heikki.linnakangas       3625            1435 :         pmState == PM_RUN ||
  968 tgl                      3626            1431 :         pmState == PM_STOP_BACKENDS ||
 5461                          3627            1431 :         pmState == PM_SHUTDOWN)
 5722 tgl                      3628 CBC           7 :         pmState = PM_WAIT_BACKENDS;
                               3629                 : 
                               3630                 :     /*
 3572 alvherre                 3631 ECB             :      * .. and if this doesn't happen quickly enough, now the clock is ticking
                               3632                 :      * for us to kill them without mercy.
                               3633                 :      */
 3572 alvherre                 3634 GIC        1438 :     if (AbortStartTime == 0)
                               3635               7 :         AbortStartTime = time(NULL);
 9770 scrappy                  3636            1438 : }
                               3637                 : 
                               3638                 : /*
 7820 tgl                      3639 ECB             :  * Log the death of a child process.
 7824                          3640                 :  */
                               3641                 : static void
 7706 tgl                      3642 GIC       10801 : LogChildExit(int lev, const char *procname, int pid, int exitstatus)
                               3643                 : {
                               3644                 :     /*
                               3645                 :      * size of activity_buffer is arbitrary, but set equal to default
                               3646                 :      * track_activity_query_size
                               3647                 :      */
                               3648                 :     char        activity_buffer[1024];
 4188 tgl                      3649 CBC       10801 :     const char *activity = NULL;
                               3650                 : 
 4188 tgl                      3651 GIC       10801 :     if (!EXIT_STATUS_0(exitstatus))
                               3652             838 :         activity = pgstat_get_crashed_backend_activity(pid,
                               3653                 :                                                        activity_buffer,
                               3654                 :                                                        sizeof(activity_buffer));
                               3655                 : 
 7824 tgl                      3656 CBC       10801 :     if (WIFEXITED(exitstatus))
 7201 tgl                      3657 GIC       10795 :         ereport(lev,
                               3658                 : 
 5976 peter_e                  3659 ECB             :         /*------
                               3660                 :           translator: %s is a noun phrase describing a child process, such as
                               3661                 :           "server process" */
 7136                          3662                 :                 (errmsg("%s (PID %d) exited with exit code %d",
 4188 rhaas                    3663                 :                         procname, pid, WEXITSTATUS(exitstatus)),
                               3664                 :                  activity ? errdetail("Failed process was running: %s", activity) : 0));
 7824 tgl                      3665 CBC           6 :     else if (WIFSIGNALED(exitstatus))
 1575 tgl                      3666 ECB             :     {
                               3667                 : #if defined(WIN32)
 7201                          3668                 :         ereport(lev,
 7188 bruce                    3669                 : 
                               3670                 :         /*------
 5976 peter_e                  3671                 :           translator: %s is a noun phrase describing a child process, such as
                               3672                 :           "server process" */
 5915 tgl                      3673                 :                 (errmsg("%s (PID %d) was terminated by exception 0x%X",
      bruce                    3674                 :                         procname, pid, WTERMSIG(exitstatus)),
                               3675                 :                  errhint("See C include file \"ntstatus.h\" for a description of the hexadecimal value."),
                               3676                 :                  activity ? errdetail("Failed process was running: %s", activity) : 0));
                               3677                 : #else
 2118 tgl                      3678 CBC           6 :         ereport(lev,
                               3679                 : 
                               3680                 :         /*------
                               3681                 :           translator: %s is a noun phrase describing a child process, such as
                               3682                 :           "server process" */
                               3683                 :                 (errmsg("%s (PID %d) was terminated by signal %d: %s",
                               3684                 :                         procname, pid, WTERMSIG(exitstatus),
 1575 tgl                      3685 ECB             :                         pg_strsignal(WTERMSIG(exitstatus))),
                               3686                 :                  activity ? errdetail("Failed process was running: %s", activity) : 0));
                               3687                 : #endif
                               3688                 :     }
                               3689                 :     else
 7201 tgl                      3690 UIC           0 :         ereport(lev,
                               3691                 : 
                               3692                 :         /*------
                               3693                 :           translator: %s is a noun phrase describing a child process, such as
                               3694                 :           "server process" */
                               3695                 :                 (errmsg("%s (PID %d) exited with unrecognized status %d",
                               3696                 :                         procname, pid, exitstatus),
                               3697                 :                  activity ? errdetail("Failed process was running: %s", activity) : 0));
 7824 tgl                      3698 CBC       10801 : }
 7824 tgl                      3699 ECB             : 
 5722                          3700                 : /*
                               3701                 :  * Advance the postmaster's state machine and take actions as appropriate
                               3702                 :  *
                               3703                 :  * This is common code for process_pm_shutdown_request(),
                               3704                 :  * process_pm_child_exit() and process_pm_pmsignal(), which process the signals
                               3705                 :  * that might mean we need to change state.
                               3706                 :  */
                               3707                 : static void
 5722 tgl                      3708 CBC       14971 : PostmasterStateMachine(void)
                               3709                 : {
                               3710                 :     /* If we're doing a smart shutdown, try to advance that state. */
  968 tgl                      3711 GIC       14971 :     if (pmState == PM_RUN || pmState == PM_HOT_STANDBY)
                               3712                 :     {
  368 sfrost                   3713           11326 :         if (!connsAllowed)
  968 tgl                      3714 ECB             :         {
                               3715                 :             /*
                               3716                 :              * This state ends when we have no normal client backends running.
                               3717                 :              * Then we're ready to stop other children.
                               3718                 :              */
  968 tgl                      3719 GIC          18 :             if (CountChildren(BACKEND_TYPE_NORMAL) == 0)
                               3720               6 :                 pmState = PM_STOP_BACKENDS;
                               3721                 :         }
                               3722                 :     }
                               3723                 : 
                               3724                 :     /*
                               3725                 :      * If we're ready to do so, signal child processes to shut down.  (This
                               3726                 :      * isn't a persistent state, but treating it as a distinct pmState allows
                               3727                 :      * us to share this code across multiple shutdown code paths.)
                               3728                 :      */
  968 tgl                      3729 CBC       14971 :     if (pmState == PM_STOP_BACKENDS)
                               3730                 :     {
  836 tgl                      3731 ECB             :         /*
  836 tgl                      3732 EUB             :          * Forget any pending requests for background workers, since we're no
                               3733                 :          * longer willing to launch any new workers.  (If additional requests
  836 tgl                      3734 ECB             :          * arrive, BackgroundWorkerStateChange will reject them.)
                               3735                 :          */
  836 tgl                      3736 CBC         352 :         ForgetUnstartedBackgroundWorkers();
  836 tgl                      3737 ECB             : 
                               3738                 :         /* Signal all backend children except walsenders */
  968 tgl                      3739 GIC         352 :         SignalSomeChildren(SIGTERM,
                               3740                 :                            BACKEND_TYPE_ALL - BACKEND_TYPE_WALSND);
                               3741                 :         /* and the autovac launcher too */
                               3742             352 :         if (AutoVacPID != 0)
                               3743             303 :             signal_child(AutoVacPID, SIGTERM);
                               3744                 :         /* and the bgwriter too */
                               3745             352 :         if (BgWriterPID != 0)
                               3746             352 :             signal_child(BgWriterPID, SIGTERM);
                               3747                 :         /* and the walwriter too */
                               3748             352 :         if (WalWriterPID != 0)
                               3749             319 :             signal_child(WalWriterPID, SIGTERM);
                               3750                 :         /* If we're in recovery, also stop startup and walreceiver procs */
  968 tgl                      3751 GBC         352 :         if (StartupPID != 0)
                               3752              33 :             signal_child(StartupPID, SIGTERM);
  968 tgl                      3753 GIC         352 :         if (WalReceiverPID != 0)
                               3754              28 :             signal_child(WalReceiverPID, SIGTERM);
  968 tgl                      3755 EUB             :         /* checkpointer, archiver, stats, and syslogger may continue for now */
                               3756                 : 
                               3757                 :         /* Now transition to PM_WAIT_BACKENDS state to wait for them to die */
  968 tgl                      3758 GIC         352 :         pmState = PM_WAIT_BACKENDS;
                               3759                 :     }
                               3760                 : 
                               3761                 :     /*
                               3762                 :      * If we are in a state-machine state that implies waiting for backends to
 5624 bruce                    3763 ECB             :      * exit, see if they're all gone, and change state if so.
                               3764                 :      */
 5722 tgl                      3765 GIC       14971 :     if (pmState == PM_WAIT_BACKENDS)
                               3766                 :     {
                               3767                 :         /*
                               3768                 :          * PM_WAIT_BACKENDS state ends when we have no regular backends
                               3769                 :          * (including autovac workers), no bgworkers (including unconnected
                               3770                 :          * ones), and no walwriter, autovac launcher or bgwriter.  If we are
 3260 bruce                    3771 ECB             :          * doing crash recovery or an immediate shutdown then we expect the
                               3772                 :          * checkpointer to exit as well, otherwise not. The stats and
  755 fujii                    3773                 :          * syslogger processes are disregarded since they are not connected to
                               3774                 :          * shared memory; we also disregard dead_end children here. Walsenders
                               3775                 :          * and archiver are also disregarded, they will be terminated later
                               3776                 :          * after writing the checkpoint record.
 5722 tgl                      3777                 :          */
  968 tgl                      3778 GIC        3241 :         if (CountChildren(BACKEND_TYPE_ALL - BACKEND_TYPE_WALSND) == 0 &&
 5722                          3779            1285 :             StartupPID == 0 &&
 4832 heikki.linnakangas       3780 CBC        1182 :             WalReceiverPID == 0 &&
 4177 simon                    3781 GIC        1148 :             BgWriterPID == 0 &&
 3531 fujii                    3782             877 :             (CheckpointerPID == 0 ||
                               3783             574 :              (!FatalError && Shutdown < ImmediateShutdown)) &&
 5722 tgl                      3784             837 :             WalWriterPID == 0 &&
                               3785             691 :             AutoVacPID == 0)
                               3786                 :         {
 3572 alvherre                 3787             597 :             if (Shutdown >= ImmediateShutdown || FatalError)
                               3788                 :             {
                               3789                 :                 /*
                               3790                 :                  * Start waiting for dead_end children to die.  This state
                               3791                 :                  * change causes ServerLoop to stop creating new ones.
                               3792                 :                  */
 5722 tgl                      3793             245 :                 pmState = PM_WAIT_DEAD_END;
 5567 tgl                      3794 ECB             : 
                               3795                 :                 /*
                               3796                 :                  * We already SIGQUIT'd the archiver and stats processes, if
 3572 alvherre                 3797                 :                  * any, when we started immediate shutdown or entered
                               3798                 :                  * FatalError state.
 5567 tgl                      3799                 :                  */
 5722                          3800                 :             }
                               3801                 :             else
                               3802                 :             {
                               3803                 :                 /*
 5624 bruce                    3804                 :                  * If we get here, we are proceeding with normal shutdown. All
                               3805                 :                  * the regular children are gone, and it's time to tell the
                               3806                 :                  * checkpointer to do a shutdown checkpoint.
                               3807                 :                  */
 5722 tgl                      3808 GIC         352 :                 Assert(Shutdown > NoShutdown);
                               3809                 :                 /* Start the checkpointer if not running */
 4177 simon                    3810             352 :                 if (CheckpointerPID == 0)
 4177 simon                    3811 UIC           0 :                     CheckpointerPID = StartCheckpointer();
                               3812                 :                 /* And tell it to shut down */
 4177 simon                    3813 GIC         352 :                 if (CheckpointerPID != 0)
                               3814                 :                 {
                               3815             352 :                     signal_child(CheckpointerPID, SIGUSR2);
 5722 tgl                      3816             352 :                     pmState = PM_SHUTDOWN;
                               3817                 :                 }
                               3818                 :                 else
                               3819                 :                 {
 5722 tgl                      3820 ECB             :                     /*
                               3821                 :                      * If we failed to fork a checkpointer, just shut down.
 3955 bruce                    3822                 :                      * Any required cleanup will happen at next restart. We
                               3823                 :                      * set FatalError so that an "abnormal shutdown" message
 3955 bruce                    3824 EUB             :                      * gets logged when we exit.
                               3825                 :                      *
                               3826                 :                      * We don't consult send_abort_for_crash here, as it's
                               3827                 :                      * unlikely that dumping cores would illuminate the reason
                               3828                 :                      * for checkpointer fork failure.
 5722 tgl                      3829                 :                      */
 5722 tgl                      3830 UIC           0 :                     FatalError = true;
                               3831               0 :                     pmState = PM_WAIT_DEAD_END;
                               3832                 : 
                               3833                 :                     /* Kill the walsenders and archiver too */
 4497 alvherre                 3834               0 :                     SignalChildren(SIGQUIT);
 5567 tgl                      3835               0 :                     if (PgArchPID != 0)
                               3836               0 :                         signal_child(PgArchPID, SIGQUIT);
                               3837                 :                 }
 5722 tgl                      3838 ECB             :             }
                               3839                 :         }
                               3840                 :     }
                               3841                 : 
 4832 heikki.linnakangas       3842 GIC       14971 :     if (pmState == PM_SHUTDOWN_2)
                               3843                 :     {
                               3844                 :         /*
                               3845                 :          * PM_SHUTDOWN_2 state ends when there's no other children than
                               3846                 :          * dead_end children left. There shouldn't be any regular backends
                               3847                 :          * left by now anyway; what we're really waiting for is walsenders and
                               3848                 :          * archiver.
 4832 heikki.linnakangas       3849 ECB             :          */
 1446 tgl                      3850 GIC         386 :         if (PgArchPID == 0 && CountChildren(BACKEND_TYPE_ALL) == 0)
 4832 heikki.linnakangas       3851 ECB             :         {
 4832 heikki.linnakangas       3852 GIC         352 :             pmState = PM_WAIT_DEAD_END;
 4832 heikki.linnakangas       3853 ECB             :         }
                               3854                 :     }
                               3855                 : 
 5722 tgl                      3856 GIC       14971 :     if (pmState == PM_WAIT_DEAD_END)
 5722 tgl                      3857 ECB             :     {
                               3858                 :         /* Don't allow any new socket connection events. */
   87 tmunro                   3859 GNC         606 :         ConfigurePostmasterWaitSet(false);
                               3860                 : 
                               3861                 :         /*
 5624 bruce                    3862 EUB             :          * PM_WAIT_DEAD_END state ends when the BackendList is entirely empty
                               3863                 :          * (ie, no dead_end children remain), and the archiver is gone too.
 5567 tgl                      3864                 :          *
                               3865                 :          * The reason we wait for those two is to protect them against a new
                               3866                 :          * postmaster starting conflicting subprocesses; this isn't an
                               3867                 :          * ironclad protection, but it at least helps in the
                               3868                 :          * shutdown-and-immediately-restart scenario.  Note that they have
                               3869                 :          * already been sent appropriate shutdown signals, either during a
                               3870                 :          * normal state transition leading up to PM_WAIT_DEAD_END, or during
                               3871                 :          * FatalError processing.
 5722 tgl                      3872 ECB             :          */
  368 andres                   3873 GIC         606 :         if (dlist_is_empty(&BackendList) && PgArchPID == 0)
 5722 tgl                      3874 ECB             :         {
                               3875                 :             /* These other guys should be dead already */
 5722 tgl                      3876 GIC         597 :             Assert(StartupPID == 0);
 4832 heikki.linnakangas       3877             597 :             Assert(WalReceiverPID == 0);
 5722 tgl                      3878 CBC         597 :             Assert(BgWriterPID == 0);
 4177 simon                    3879             597 :             Assert(CheckpointerPID == 0);
 5722 tgl                      3880 GIC         597 :             Assert(WalWriterPID == 0);
                               3881             597 :             Assert(AutoVacPID == 0);
 5567 tgl                      3882 ECB             :             /* syslogger is not considered here */
 5722 tgl                      3883 GIC         597 :             pmState = PM_NO_CHILDREN;
 5722 tgl                      3884 ECB             :         }
                               3885                 :     }
                               3886                 : 
                               3887                 :     /*
                               3888                 :      * If we've been told to shut down, we exit as soon as there are no
                               3889                 :      * remaining children.  If there was a crash, cleanup will occur at the
                               3890                 :      * next startup.  (Before PostgreSQL 8.3, we tried to recover from the
                               3891                 :      * crash before exiting, but that seems unwise if we are quitting because
                               3892                 :      * we got SIGTERM from init --- there may well not be time for recovery
                               3893                 :      * before init decides to SIGKILL us.)
                               3894                 :      *
 5567                          3895                 :      * Note that the syslogger continues to run.  It will exit when it sees
                               3896                 :      * EOF on its input pipe, which happens when there are no more upstream
                               3897                 :      * processes.
                               3898                 :      */
 5722 tgl                      3899 GIC       14971 :     if (Shutdown > NoShutdown && pmState == PM_NO_CHILDREN)
 5722 tgl                      3900 ECB             :     {
 5722 tgl                      3901 GIC         590 :         if (FatalError)
 5722 tgl                      3902 ECB             :         {
 5722 tgl                      3903 UIC           0 :             ereport(LOG, (errmsg("abnormal database system shutdown")));
                               3904               0 :             ExitPostmaster(1);
                               3905                 :         }
                               3906                 :         else
                               3907                 :         {
                               3908                 :             /*
                               3909                 :              * Normal exit from the postmaster is here.  We don't need to log
                               3910                 :              * anything here, since the UnlinkLockFiles proc_exit callback
                               3911                 :              * will do so, and that should be the last user-visible action.
                               3912                 :              */
 5722 tgl                      3913 GIC         590 :             ExitPostmaster(0);
                               3914                 :         }
                               3915                 :     }
                               3916                 : 
                               3917                 :     /*
                               3918                 :      * If the startup process failed, or the user does not want an automatic
                               3919                 :      * restart after backend crashes, wait for all non-syslogger children to
                               3920                 :      * exit, and then exit postmaster.  We don't try to reinitialize when the
                               3921                 :      * startup process fails, because more than likely it will just fail again
 2831 tgl                      3922 ECB             :      * and we will keep trying forever.
                               3923                 :      */
  686 tgl                      3924 CBC       14381 :     if (pmState == PM_NO_CHILDREN)
  686 tgl                      3925 EUB             :     {
  686 tgl                      3926 GIC           7 :         if (StartupStatus == STARTUP_CRASHED)
  686 tgl                      3927 ECB             :         {
  686 tgl                      3928 GIC           3 :             ereport(LOG,
  686 tgl                      3929 ECB             :                     (errmsg("shutting down due to startup process failure")));
  686 tgl                      3930 GIC           3 :             ExitPostmaster(1);
                               3931                 :         }
                               3932               4 :         if (!restart_after_crash)
                               3933                 :         {
  686 tgl                      3934 LBC           0 :             ereport(LOG,
  686 tgl                      3935 ECB             :                     (errmsg("shutting down because restart_after_crash is off")));
  686 tgl                      3936 LBC           0 :             ExitPostmaster(1);
  686 tgl                      3937 ECB             :         }
                               3938                 :     }
                               3939                 : 
                               3940                 :     /*
 5050 bruce                    3941                 :      * If we need to recover from a crash, wait for all non-syslogger children
                               3942                 :      * to exit, then reset shmem and StartupDataBase.
                               3943                 :      */
 5722 tgl                      3944 GIC       14378 :     if (FatalError && pmState == PM_NO_CHILDREN)
                               3945                 :     {
                               3946               4 :         ereport(LOG,
                               3947                 :                 (errmsg("all server processes terminated; reinitializing")));
                               3948                 : 
                               3949                 :         /* remove leftover temporary files after a crash */
  752 tomas.vondra             3950               4 :         if (remove_temp_files_after_crash)
                               3951               3 :             RemovePgTempFiles();
  752 tomas.vondra             3952 ECB             : 
                               3953                 :         /* allow background workers to immediately restart */
 3259 rhaas                    3954 CBC           4 :         ResetBackgroundWorkerCrashTimes();
                               3955                 : 
 5208 tgl                      3956 GIC           4 :         shmem_exit(1);
                               3957                 : 
 2030 andres                   3958 ECB             :         /* re-read control file into local memory */
 2030 andres                   3959 CBC           4 :         LocalProcessControlFile(true);
                               3960                 : 
                               3961                 :         /* re-create shared memory and semaphores */
  267 tgl                      3962 GNC           4 :         CreateSharedMemoryAndSemaphores();
                               3963                 : 
 5722 tgl                      3964 GIC           4 :         StartupPID = StartupDataBase();
                               3965               4 :         Assert(StartupPID != 0);
 2831                          3966               4 :         StartupStatus = STARTUP_RUNNING;
 5722 tgl                      3967 CBC           4 :         pmState = PM_STARTUP;
                               3968                 :         /* crash recovery started, reset SIGKILL flag */
 3473 alvherre                 3969 GIC           4 :         AbortStartTime = 0;
                               3970                 : 
                               3971                 :         /* start accepting server socket connection events again */
   87 tmunro                   3972 GNC           4 :         ConfigurePostmasterWaitSet(true);
 5722 tgl                      3973 ECB             :     }
 5722 tgl                      3974 GIC       14378 : }
 5722 tgl                      3975 ECB             : 
                               3976                 : 
 5983                          3977                 : /*
                               3978                 :  * Send a signal to a postmaster child process
                               3979                 :  *
                               3980                 :  * On systems that have setsid(), each child process sets itself up as a
                               3981                 :  * process group leader.  For signals that are generally interpreted in the
                               3982                 :  * appropriate fashion, we signal the entire process group not just the
                               3983                 :  * direct child process.  This allows us to, for example, SIGQUIT a blocked
                               3984                 :  * archive_recovery script, or SIGINT a script being run by a backend via
                               3985                 :  * system().
                               3986                 :  *
                               3987                 :  * There is a race condition for recently-forked children: they might not
                               3988                 :  * have executed setsid() yet.  So we signal the child directly as well as
                               3989                 :  * the group.  We assume such a child will handle the signal before trying
                               3990                 :  * to spawn any grandchild processes.  We also assume that signaling the
                               3991                 :  * child twice will not cause any problems.
                               3992                 :  */
                               3993                 : static void
 5983 tgl                      3994 CBC        4325 : signal_child(pid_t pid, int signal)
                               3995                 : {
                               3996            4325 :     if (kill(pid, signal) < 0)
 5983 tgl                      3997 LBC           0 :         elog(DEBUG3, "kill(%ld,%d) failed: %m", (long) pid, signal);
                               3998                 : #ifdef HAVE_SETSID
 5983 tgl                      3999 GIC        4325 :     switch (signal)
 5983 tgl                      4000 ECB             :     {
 5983 tgl                      4001 GIC        3173 :         case SIGINT:
                               4002                 :         case SIGTERM:
 5983 tgl                      4003 ECB             :         case SIGQUIT:
                               4004                 :         case SIGKILL:
                               4005                 :         case SIGABRT:
 5983 tgl                      4006 CBC        3173 :             if (kill(-pid, signal) < 0)
 5983 tgl                      4007 GIC           4 :                 elog(DEBUG3, "kill(%ld,%d) failed: %m", (long) (-pid), signal);
                               4008            3173 :             break;
                               4009            1152 :         default:
                               4010            1152 :             break;
                               4011                 :     }
                               4012                 : #endif
                               4013            4325 : }
 5983 tgl                      4014 ECB             : 
                               4015                 : /*
                               4016                 :  * Convenience function for killing a child process after a crash of some
                               4017                 :  * other child process.  We log the action at a higher level than we would
                               4018                 :  * otherwise do, and we apply send_abort_for_crash to decide which signal
                               4019                 :  * to send.  Normally it's SIGQUIT -- and most other comments in this file
                               4020                 :  * are written on the assumption that it is -- but developers might prefer
                               4021                 :  * to use SIGABRT to collect per-child core dumps.
                               4022                 :  */
                               4023                 : static void
  139 tgl                      4024 GNC          32 : sigquit_child(pid_t pid)
                               4025                 : {
                               4026              32 :     ereport(DEBUG2,
                               4027                 :             (errmsg_internal("sending %s to process %d",
                               4028                 :                              (send_abort_for_crash ? "SIGABRT" : "SIGQUIT"),
                               4029                 :                              (int) pid)));
                               4030              32 :     signal_child(pid, (send_abort_for_crash ? SIGABRT : SIGQUIT));
                               4031              32 : }
                               4032                 : 
                               4033                 : /*
 4832 heikki.linnakangas       4034 ECB             :  * Send a signal to the targeted children (but NOT special children;
                               4035                 :  * dead_end children are never signaled, either).
                               4036                 :  */
                               4037                 : static bool
 4832 heikki.linnakangas       4038 CBC        1045 : SignalSomeChildren(int signal, int target)
 8993 scrappy                  4039 ECB             : {
                               4040                 :     dlist_iter  iter;
 4832 heikki.linnakangas       4041 CBC        1045 :     bool        signaled = false;
 8993 scrappy                  4042 ECB             : 
 3827 alvherre                 4043 CBC        2569 :     dlist_foreach(iter, &BackendList)
 8993 scrappy                  4044 ECB             :     {
 3827 alvherre                 4045 CBC        1524 :         Backend    *bp = dlist_container(Backend, elem, iter.cur);
 8993 scrappy                  4046 ECB             : 
 5722 tgl                      4047 CBC        1524 :         if (bp->dead_end)
                               4048               2 :             continue;
 4461 rhaas                    4049 ECB             : 
                               4050                 :         /*
 4382 bruce                    4051                 :          * Since target == BACKEND_TYPE_ALL is the most common case, we test
                               4052                 :          * it first and avoid touching shared memory for every child.
 4461 rhaas                    4053                 :          */
 4461 rhaas                    4054 GIC        1522 :         if (target != BACKEND_TYPE_ALL)
                               4055                 :         {
                               4056                 :             /*
                               4057                 :              * Assign bkend_type for any recently announced WAL Sender
                               4058                 :              * processes.
                               4059                 :              */
 3776 alvherre                 4060            1108 :             if (bp->bkend_type == BACKEND_TYPE_NORMAL &&
                               4061             378 :                 IsPostmasterChildWalSender(bp->child_slot))
                               4062              27 :                 bp->bkend_type = BACKEND_TYPE_WALSND;
 4461 rhaas                    4063 ECB             : 
 3776 alvherre                 4064 GIC         730 :             if (!(target & bp->bkend_type))
 4461 rhaas                    4065              27 :                 continue;
                               4066                 :         }
                               4067                 : 
 6889 tgl                      4068            1495 :         ereport(DEBUG4,
                               4069                 :                 (errmsg_internal("sending signal %d to process %d",
                               4070                 :                                  signal, (int) bp->pid)));
 5983                          4071            1495 :         signal_child(bp->pid, signal);
 4832 heikki.linnakangas       4072 CBC        1495 :         signaled = true;
 8993 scrappy                  4073 ECB             :     }
 4832 heikki.linnakangas       4074 GIC        1045 :     return signaled;
 8993 scrappy                  4075 EUB             : }
                               4076                 : 
                               4077                 : /*
 3572 alvherre                 4078                 :  * Send a termination signal to children.  This considers all of our children
                               4079                 :  * processes, except syslogger and dead_end backends.
                               4080                 :  */
                               4081                 : static void
 3572 alvherre                 4082 GIC         238 : TerminateChildren(int signal)
                               4083                 : {
                               4084             238 :     SignalChildren(signal);
                               4085             238 :     if (StartupPID != 0)
 2831 tgl                      4086 ECB             :     {
 3572 alvherre                 4087 GIC          43 :         signal_child(StartupPID, signal);
  139 tgl                      4088 GNC          43 :         if (signal == SIGQUIT || signal == SIGKILL || signal == SIGABRT)
 2831 tgl                      4089 GBC          43 :             StartupStatus = STARTUP_SIGNALED;
                               4090                 :     }
 3572 alvherre                 4091 GIC         238 :     if (BgWriterPID != 0)
 3572 alvherre                 4092 GBC         238 :         signal_child(BgWriterPID, signal);
 3572 alvherre                 4093 GIC         238 :     if (CheckpointerPID != 0)
                               4094             238 :         signal_child(CheckpointerPID, signal);
 3572 alvherre                 4095 CBC         238 :     if (WalWriterPID != 0)
 3572 alvherre                 4096 GIC         195 :         signal_child(WalWriterPID, signal);
                               4097             238 :     if (WalReceiverPID != 0)
 3572 alvherre                 4098 CBC          30 :         signal_child(WalReceiverPID, signal);
                               4099             238 :     if (AutoVacPID != 0)
 3572 alvherre                 4100 GIC         186 :         signal_child(AutoVacPID, signal);
                               4101             238 :     if (PgArchPID != 0)
                               4102              20 :         signal_child(PgArchPID, signal);
                               4103             238 : }
 3572 alvherre                 4104 ECB             : 
 9770 scrappy                  4105                 : /*
                               4106                 :  * BackendStartup -- start backend process
                               4107                 :  *
                               4108                 :  * returns: STATUS_ERROR if the fork failed, STATUS_OK otherwise.
                               4109                 :  *
 5897 alvherre                 4110                 :  * Note: if you change this code, also consider StartAutovacuumWorker.
                               4111                 :  */
                               4112                 : static int
 9204 scrappy                  4113 GIC        8835 : BackendStartup(Port *port)
                               4114                 : {
 9344 bruce                    4115 ECB             :     Backend    *bn;             /* for backend cleanup */
 7963 peter_e                  4116                 :     pid_t       pid;
                               4117                 : 
 9070 bruce                    4118                 :     /*
                               4119                 :      * Create backend data structure.  Better before the fork() so we can
                               4120                 :      * handle failure cleanly.
 7840 tgl                      4121                 :      */
 7840 tgl                      4122 GIC        8835 :     bn = (Backend *) malloc(sizeof(Backend));
                               4123            8835 :     if (!bn)
 7840 tgl                      4124 ECB             :     {
 7201 tgl                      4125 UIC           0 :         ereport(LOG,
                               4126                 :                 (errcode(ERRCODE_OUT_OF_MEMORY),
 7201 tgl                      4127 ECB             :                  errmsg("out of memory")));
 7840 tgl                      4128 UIC           0 :         return STATUS_ERROR;
                               4129                 :     }
                               4130                 : 
                               4131                 :     /*
                               4132                 :      * Compute the cancel key that will be assigned to this backend. The
                               4133                 :      * backend will have its own copy in the forked-off process' value of
                               4134                 :      * MyCancelKey, so that it can transmit the key to the frontend.
                               4135                 :      */
 2316 heikki.linnakangas       4136 CBC        8835 :     if (!RandomCancelKey(&MyCancelKey))
                               4137                 :     {
 2309 heikki.linnakangas       4138 UIC           0 :         free(bn);
 2316 heikki.linnakangas       4139 LBC           0 :         ereport(LOG,
                               4140                 :                 (errcode(ERRCODE_INTERNAL_ERROR),
                               4141                 :                  errmsg("could not generate random cancel key")));
 2316 heikki.linnakangas       4142 UIC           0 :         return STATUS_ERROR;
 2316 heikki.linnakangas       4143 ECB             :     }
                               4144                 : 
 5087 tgl                      4145 GIC        8835 :     bn->cancel_key = MyCancelKey;
 5087 tgl                      4146 EUB             : 
                               4147                 :     /* Pass down canAcceptConnections state */
 1280 tgl                      4148 GBC        8835 :     port->canAcceptConnections = canAcceptConnections(BACKEND_TYPE_NORMAL);
  368 sfrost                   4149            8835 :     bn->dead_end = (port->canAcceptConnections != CAC_OK);
 5087 tgl                      4150 EUB             : 
                               4151                 :     /*
                               4152                 :      * Unless it's a dead_end child, assign it a child slot number
                               4153                 :      */
 5087 tgl                      4154 GBC        8835 :     if (!bn->dead_end)
                               4155            8811 :         bn->child_slot = MyPMChildSlot = AssignPostmasterChildSlot();
                               4156                 :     else
 5087 tgl                      4157 GIC          24 :         bn->child_slot = 0;
                               4158                 : 
 3511 rhaas                    4159 ECB             :     /* Hasn't asked to be notified about any bgworkers yet */
 3511 rhaas                    4160 GIC        8835 :     bn->bgworker_notify = false;
                               4161                 : 
                               4162                 : #ifdef EXEC_BACKEND
                               4163                 :     pid = backend_forkexec(port);
                               4164                 : #else                           /* !EXEC_BACKEND */
 6604 neilc                    4165            8835 :     pid = fork_process();
 7963 peter_e                  4166           17511 :     if (pid == 0)               /* child */
 7256 tgl                      4167 ECB             :     {
 7256 tgl                      4168 CBC        8676 :         free(bn);
 6304 tgl                      4169 ECB             : 
                               4170                 :         /* Detangle from postmaster */
 3008 andres                   4171 GIC        8676 :         InitPostmasterChild();
                               4172                 : 
                               4173                 :         /* Close the postmaster's sockets */
 6304 tgl                      4174            8676 :         ClosePostmasterPorts(false);
                               4175                 : 
 4971 tgl                      4176 ECB             :         /* Perform additional initialization and collect startup packet */
 6304 tgl                      4177 GIC        8676 :         BackendInitialize(port);
                               4178                 : 
                               4179                 :         /*
                               4180                 :          * Create a per-backend PGPROC struct in shared memory. We must do
                               4181                 :          * this before we can use LWLocks. In the !EXEC_BACKEND case (here)
                               4182                 :          * this could be delayed a bit further, but EXEC_BACKEND needs to do
                               4183                 :          * stuff with LWLocks before PostgresMain(), so we do it here as well
                               4184                 :          * for symmetry.
                               4185                 :          */
  570 andres                   4186            8619 :         InitProcess();
                               4187                 : 
 6304 tgl                      4188 EUB             :         /* And run the backend */
 3940 peter_e                  4189 GIC        8617 :         BackendRun(port);
                               4190                 :     }
                               4191                 : #endif                          /* EXEC_BACKEND */
                               4192                 : 
 9345 bruce                    4193            8835 :     if (pid < 0)
 9345 bruce                    4194 EUB             :     {
                               4195                 :         /* in parent, fork failed */
 7763 tgl                      4196 UIC           0 :         int         save_errno = errno;
                               4197                 : 
 4976                          4198               0 :         if (!bn->dead_end)
 4976 tgl                      4199 UBC           0 :             (void) ReleasePostmasterChildSlot(bn->child_slot);
 7763                          4200               0 :         free(bn);
 7201 tgl                      4201 UIC           0 :         errno = save_errno;
                               4202               0 :         ereport(LOG,
                               4203                 :                 (errmsg("could not fork new process for connection: %m")));
 7763                          4204               0 :         report_fork_failure_to_client(port, save_errno);
 8986 bruce                    4205 UBC           0 :         return STATUS_ERROR;
 9345 bruce                    4206 EUB             :     }
                               4207                 : 
                               4208                 :     /* in parent, successful fork */
 7180 tgl                      4209 GIC        8835 :     ereport(DEBUG2,
                               4210                 :             (errmsg_internal("forked new backend, pid=%d socket=%d",
                               4211                 :                              (int) pid, (int) port->sock)));
                               4212                 : 
                               4213                 :     /*
                               4214                 :      * Everything's been successful, it's safe to add this backend to our list
                               4215                 :      * of backends.
                               4216                 :      */
 9345 bruce                    4217            8835 :     bn->pid = pid;
 2118 tgl                      4218            8835 :     bn->bkend_type = BACKEND_TYPE_NORMAL;    /* Can change later to WALSND */
 3827 alvherre                 4219            8835 :     dlist_push_head(&BackendList, &bn->elem);
                               4220                 : 
                               4221                 : #ifdef EXEC_BACKEND
                               4222                 :     if (!bn->dead_end)
 5722 tgl                      4223 ECB             :         ShmemBackendArrayAdd(bn);
                               4224                 : #endif
                               4225                 : 
 8986 bruce                    4226 GIC        8835 :     return STATUS_OK;
                               4227                 : }
                               4228                 : 
                               4229                 : /*
                               4230                 :  * Try to report backend fork() failure to client before we close the
                               4231                 :  * connection.  Since we do not care to risk blocking the postmaster on
 7763 tgl                      4232 ECB             :  * this connection, we set the connection to non-blocking and try only once.
                               4233                 :  *
                               4234                 :  * This is grungy special-purpose code; we cannot use backend libpq since
                               4235                 :  * it's not up and running.
                               4236                 :  */
                               4237                 : static void
 7763 tgl                      4238 UIC           0 : report_fork_failure_to_client(Port *port, int errnum)
                               4239                 : {
                               4240                 :     char        buffer[1000];
                               4241                 :     int         rc;
                               4242                 : 
                               4243                 :     /* Format the error message packet (always V2 protocol) */
 7763 tgl                      4244 LBC           0 :     snprintf(buffer, sizeof(buffer), "E%s%s\n",
 6620 bruce                    4245 EUB             :              _("could not fork new process for connection: "),
                               4246                 :              strerror(errnum));
                               4247                 : 
 7763 tgl                      4248 ECB             :     /* Set port to non-blocking.  Don't do send() if this fails */
 6589 tgl                      4249 UIC           0 :     if (!pg_set_noblock(port->sock))
 7763                          4250               0 :         return;
 7763 tgl                      4251 ECB             : 
 6111                          4252                 :     /* We'll retry after EINTR, but ignore all other failures */
                               4253                 :     do
                               4254                 :     {
 6111 tgl                      4255 UIC           0 :         rc = send(port->sock, buffer, strlen(buffer) + 1, 0);
                               4256               0 :     } while (rc < 0 && errno == EINTR);
                               4257                 : }
 7763 tgl                      4258 ECB             : 
                               4259                 : 
                               4260                 : /*
                               4261                 :  * BackendInitialize -- initialize an interactive (postmaster-child)
                               4262                 :  *              backend process, and collect the client's startup packet.
                               4263                 :  *
                               4264                 :  * returns: nothing.  Will not return at all if there's any failure.
                               4265                 :  *
                               4266                 :  * Note: this code does not depend on having any access to shared memory.
                               4267                 :  * Indeed, our approach to SIGTERM/timeout handling *requires* that
                               4268                 :  * shared memory not have been touched yet; see comments within.
                               4269                 :  * In the EXEC_BACKEND case, we are physically attached to shared memory
                               4270                 :  * but have not yet set up most of our local pointers to shmem structures.
 9770 scrappy                  4271                 :  */
                               4272                 : static void
 6304 tgl                      4273 CBC        8676 : BackendInitialize(Port *port)
 9770 scrappy                  4274 ECB             : {
                               4275                 :     int         status;
                               4276                 :     int         ret;
                               4277                 :     char        remote_host[NI_MAXHOST];
                               4278                 :     char        remote_port[NI_MAXSERV];
 1124 peter                    4279                 :     StringInfoData ps_data;
 9081 bruce                    4280                 : 
 6890 tgl                      4281                 :     /* Save port etc. for ps status */
 6890 tgl                      4282 GIC        8676 :     MyProcPort = port;
                               4283                 : 
                               4284                 :     /* Tell fd.c about the long-lived FD associated with the port */
 1140 tgl                      4285 GBC        8676 :     ReserveExternalFD();
                               4286                 : 
                               4287                 :     /*
                               4288                 :      * PreAuthDelay is a debugging aid for investigating problems in the
                               4289                 :      * authentication cycle: it can be set in postgresql.conf to allow time to
                               4290                 :      * attach to the newly-forked backend with a debugger.  (See also
                               4291                 :      * PostAuthDelay, which we allow clients to pass through PGOPTIONS, but it
                               4292                 :      * is not honored until after authentication.)
 6890 tgl                      4293 ECB             :      */
 6890 tgl                      4294 CBC        8676 :     if (PreAuthDelay > 0)
 6890 tgl                      4295 UIC           0 :         pg_usleep(PreAuthDelay * 1000000L);
                               4296                 : 
 4971 tgl                      4297 ECB             :     /* This flag will remain set until InitPostgres finishes authentication */
 6890 tgl                      4298 GIC        8676 :     ClientAuthInProgress = true;    /* limit visibility of log messages */
 6890 tgl                      4299 ECB             : 
 6991 bruce                    4300                 :     /* set these to empty in case they are needed before we set them up */
 6991 bruce                    4301 GIC        8676 :     port->remote_host = "";
                               4302            8676 :     port->remote_port = "";
                               4303                 : 
                               4304                 :     /*
 6385 bruce                    4305 ECB             :      * Initialize libpq and enable reporting of ereport errors to the client.
                               4306                 :      * Must do this now because authentication uses libpq to send messages.
                               4307                 :      */
 7870 tgl                      4308 GIC        8676 :     pq_init();                  /* initialize libpq to talk to client */
 2118                          4309            8676 :     whereToSendOutput = DestRemote; /* now safe to ereport to client */
                               4310                 : 
                               4311                 :     /*
                               4312                 :      * We arrange to do _exit(1) if we receive SIGTERM or timeout while trying
                               4313                 :      * to collect the startup packet; while SIGQUIT results in _exit(2).
                               4314                 :      * Otherwise the postmaster cannot shutdown the database FAST or IMMED
                               4315                 :      * cleanly if a buggy client fails to send the packet promptly.
                               4316                 :      *
                               4317                 :      * Exiting with _exit(1) is only possible because we have not yet touched
                               4318                 :      * shared memory; therefore no outside-the-process state needs to get
                               4319                 :      * cleaned up.
                               4320                 :      */
  941 tgl                      4321 CBC        8676 :     pqsignal(SIGTERM, process_startup_packet_die);
  935 tgl                      4322 ECB             :     /* SIGQUIT handler was already set up by InitPostmasterChild */
 3919 alvherre                 4323 CBC        8676 :     InitializeTimeouts();       /* establishes SIGALRM handler */
   65 tmunro                   4324 GNC        8676 :     sigprocmask(SIG_SETMASK, &StartupBlockSig, NULL);
 7884 JanWieck                 4325 ECB             : 
                               4326                 :     /*
                               4327                 :      * Get the remote host name and port for logging and status display.
                               4328                 :      */
 7241 bruce                    4329 GIC        8676 :     remote_host[0] = '\0';
                               4330            8676 :     remote_port[0] = '\0';
 3839 peter_e                  4331            8676 :     if ((ret = pg_getnameinfo_all(&port->raddr.addr, port->raddr.salen,
                               4332                 :                                   remote_host, sizeof(remote_host),
                               4333                 :                                   remote_port, sizeof(remote_port),
                               4334                 :                                   (log_hostname ? 0 : NI_NUMERICHOST) | NI_NUMERICSERV)) != 0)
 3839 peter_e                  4335 UIC           0 :         ereport(WARNING,
                               4336                 :                 (errmsg_internal("pg_getnameinfo_all() failed: %s",
                               4337                 :                                  gai_strerror(ret))));
                               4338                 : 
                               4339                 :     /*
                               4340                 :      * Save remote_host and remote_port in port structure (after this, they
                               4341                 :      * will appear in log_line_prefix data for log messages).
 2630 tgl                      4342 ECB             :      */
 2630 tgl                      4343 CBC        8676 :     port->remote_host = strdup(remote_host);
 2630 tgl                      4344 GIC        8676 :     port->remote_port = strdup(remote_port);
                               4345                 : 
                               4346                 :     /* And now we can issue the Log_connections message, if wanted */
 7241 bruce                    4347            8676 :     if (Log_connections)
                               4348                 :     {
 4763 simon                    4349 CBC         351 :         if (remote_port[0])
 4763 simon                    4350 GIC         138 :             ereport(LOG,
                               4351                 :                     (errmsg("connection received: host=%s port=%s",
                               4352                 :                             remote_host,
                               4353                 :                             remote_port)));
 4763 simon                    4354 ECB             :         else
 4763 simon                    4355 CBC         213 :             ereport(LOG,
                               4356                 :                     (errmsg("connection received: host=%s",
                               4357                 :                             remote_host)));
                               4358                 :     }
                               4359                 : 
                               4360                 :     /*
                               4361                 :      * If we did a reverse lookup to name, we might as well save the results
                               4362                 :      * rather than possibly repeating the lookup during authentication.
                               4363                 :      *
                               4364                 :      * Note that we don't want to specify NI_NAMEREQD above, because then we'd
                               4365                 :      * get nothing useful for a client without an rDNS entry.  Therefore, we
 3294 tgl                      4366 ECB             :      * must check whether we got a numeric IPv4 or IPv6 address, and not save
                               4367                 :      * it into remote_hostname if so.  (This test is conservative and might
                               4368                 :      * sometimes classify a hostname as numeric, but an error in that
                               4369                 :      * direction is safe; it only results in a possible extra lookup.)
                               4370                 :      */
 3294 tgl                      4371 GIC        8676 :     if (log_hostname &&
 3294 tgl                      4372 CBC         114 :         ret == 0 &&
                               4373             114 :         strspn(remote_host, "0123456789.") < strlen(remote_host) &&
 3294 tgl                      4374 GIC         114 :         strspn(remote_host, "0123456789ABCDEFabcdef:") < strlen(remote_host))
                               4375             114 :         port->remote_hostname = strdup(remote_host);
                               4376                 : 
                               4377                 :     /*
                               4378                 :      * Ready to begin client interaction.  We will give up and _exit(1) after
  940 tgl                      4379 ECB             :      * a time delay, so that a broken client can't hog a connection
 4971                          4380                 :      * indefinitely.  PreAuthDelay and any DNS interactions above don't count
                               4381                 :      * against the time limit.
 3919 alvherre                 4382                 :      *
                               4383                 :      * Note: AuthenticationTimeout is applied here while waiting for the
                               4384                 :      * startup packet, and then again in InitPostgres for the duration of any
                               4385                 :      * authentication operations.  So a hostile client could tie up the
                               4386                 :      * process for nearly twice AuthenticationTimeout before we kick him off.
                               4387                 :      *
                               4388                 :      * Note: because PostgresMain will call InitializeTimeouts again, the
                               4389                 :      * registration of STARTUP_PACKET_TIMEOUT will be lost.  This is okay
                               4390                 :      * since we never use it again after this function.
                               4391                 :      */
 3919 alvherre                 4392 CBC        8676 :     RegisterTimeout(STARTUP_PACKET_TIMEOUT, StartupPacketTimeoutHandler);
                               4393            8676 :     enable_timeout_after(STARTUP_PACKET_TIMEOUT, AuthenticationTimeout * 1000);
                               4394                 : 
                               4395                 :     /*
                               4396                 :      * Receive the startup packet (which might turn out to be a cancel request
                               4397                 :      * packet).
                               4398                 :      */
 1072 sfrost                   4399 GIC        8676 :     status = ProcessStartupPacket(port, false, false);
                               4400                 : 
                               4401                 :     /*
                               4402                 :      * Disable the timeout, and prevent SIGTERM again.
  941 tgl                      4403 ECB             :      */
  941 tgl                      4404 GIC        8652 :     disable_timeout(STARTUP_PACKET_TIMEOUT, false);
   65 tmunro                   4405 GNC        8652 :     sigprocmask(SIG_SETMASK, &BlockSig, NULL);
                               4406                 : 
                               4407                 :     /*
                               4408                 :      * As a safety check that nothing in startup has yet performed
  940 tgl                      4409 ECB             :      * shared-memory modifications that would need to be undone if we had
                               4410                 :      * exited through SIGTERM or timeout above, check that no on_shmem_exit
                               4411                 :      * handlers have been registered yet.  (This isn't terribly bulletproof,
                               4412                 :      * since someone might misuse an on_proc_exit handler for shmem cleanup,
                               4413                 :      * but it's a cheap and helpful check.  We cannot disallow on_proc_exit
                               4414                 :      * handlers unfortunately, since pq_init() already registered one.)
                               4415                 :      */
  940 tgl                      4416 GIC        8652 :     check_on_shmem_exit_lists_are_empty();
                               4417                 : 
                               4418                 :     /*
                               4419                 :      * Stop here if it was bad or a cancel packet.  ProcessStartupPacket
                               4420                 :      * already did any appropriate error reporting.
                               4421                 :      */
 7621                          4422            8652 :     if (status != STATUS_OK)
 7030 bruce                    4423              33 :         proc_exit(0);
                               4424                 : 
                               4425                 :     /*
                               4426                 :      * Now that we have the user and database name, we can set the process
                               4427                 :      * title for ps.  It's good to do this as early as possible in startup.
                               4428                 :      */
 1124 peter                    4429            8619 :     initStringInfo(&ps_data);
 4832 heikki.linnakangas       4430            8619 :     if (am_walsender)
 1124 peter                    4431             832 :         appendStringInfo(&ps_data, "%s ", GetBackendTypeDesc(B_WAL_SENDER));
                               4432            8619 :     appendStringInfo(&ps_data, "%s ", port->user_name);
  136 michael                  4433 GNC        8619 :     if (port->database_name[0] != '\0')
 1124 peter                    4434 GIC        8269 :         appendStringInfo(&ps_data, "%s ", port->database_name);
  215 drowley                  4435 GNC        8619 :     appendStringInfoString(&ps_data, port->remote_host);
 1124 peter                    4436 GIC        8619 :     if (port->remote_port[0] != '\0')
                               4437             164 :         appendStringInfo(&ps_data, "(%s)", port->remote_port);
                               4438                 : 
                               4439            8619 :     init_ps_display(ps_data.data);
                               4440            8619 :     pfree(ps_data.data);
                               4441                 : 
                               4442            8619 :     set_ps_display("initializing");
 6304 tgl                      4443            8619 : }
                               4444                 : 
                               4445                 : 
                               4446                 : /*
                               4447                 :  * BackendRun -- set up the backend's argument list and invoke PostgresMain()
                               4448                 :  *
                               4449                 :  * returns:
                               4450                 :  *      Doesn't return at all.
                               4451                 :  */
                               4452                 : static void
                               4453            8617 : BackendRun(Port *port)
                               4454                 : {
                               4455                 :     /*
                               4456                 :      * Make sure we aren't in PostmasterContext anymore.  (We can't delete it
                               4457                 :      * just yet, though, because InitPostgres will need the HBA data.)
                               4458                 :      */
 4971                          4459            8617 :     MemoryContextSwitchTo(TopMemoryContext);
                               4460                 : 
  578 andres                   4461            8617 :     PostgresMain(port->database_name, port->user_name);
                               4462                 : }
                               4463                 : 
                               4464                 : 
                               4465                 : #ifdef EXEC_BACKEND
                               4466                 : 
                               4467                 : /*
                               4468                 :  * postmaster_forkexec -- fork and exec a postmaster subprocess
                               4469                 :  *
                               4470                 :  * The caller must have set up the argv array already, except for argv[2]
                               4471                 :  * which will be filled with the name of the temp variable file.
                               4472                 :  *
                               4473                 :  * Returns the child process PID, or -1 on fork failure (a suitable error
                               4474                 :  * message has been logged on failure).
                               4475                 :  *
                               4476                 :  * All uses of this routine will dispatch to SubPostmasterMain in the
                               4477                 :  * child process.
                               4478                 :  */
                               4479                 : pid_t
                               4480                 : postmaster_forkexec(int argc, char *argv[])
                               4481                 : {
                               4482                 :     Port        port;
                               4483                 : 
                               4484                 :     /* This entry point passes dummy values for the Port variables */
                               4485                 :     memset(&port, 0, sizeof(port));
                               4486                 :     return internal_forkexec(argc, argv, &port);
                               4487                 : }
                               4488                 : 
                               4489                 : /*
                               4490                 :  * backend_forkexec -- fork/exec off a backend process
                               4491                 :  *
                               4492                 :  * Some operating systems (WIN32) don't have fork() so we have to simulate
                               4493                 :  * it by storing parameters that need to be passed to the child and
                               4494                 :  * then create a new child process.
                               4495                 :  *
                               4496                 :  * returns the pid of the fork/exec'd process, or -1 on failure
                               4497                 :  */
                               4498                 : static pid_t
                               4499                 : backend_forkexec(Port *port)
                               4500                 : {
                               4501                 :     char       *av[4];
                               4502                 :     int         ac = 0;
                               4503                 : 
                               4504                 :     av[ac++] = "postgres";
                               4505                 :     av[ac++] = "--forkbackend";
                               4506                 :     av[ac++] = NULL;            /* filled in by internal_forkexec */
                               4507                 : 
                               4508                 :     av[ac] = NULL;
                               4509                 :     Assert(ac < lengthof(av));
                               4510                 : 
                               4511                 :     return internal_forkexec(ac, av, port);
                               4512                 : }
                               4513                 : 
                               4514                 : #ifndef WIN32
                               4515                 : 
                               4516                 : /*
                               4517                 :  * internal_forkexec non-win32 implementation
                               4518                 :  *
                               4519                 :  * - writes out backend variables to the parameter file
                               4520                 :  * - fork():s, and then exec():s the child process
                               4521                 :  */
                               4522                 : static pid_t
                               4523                 : internal_forkexec(int argc, char *argv[], Port *port)
                               4524                 : {
                               4525                 :     static unsigned long tmpBackendFileNum = 0;
                               4526                 :     pid_t       pid;
                               4527                 :     char        tmpfilename[MAXPGPATH];
                               4528                 :     BackendParameters param;
                               4529                 :     FILE       *fp;
                               4530                 : 
                               4531                 :     if (!save_backend_variables(&param, port))
                               4532                 :         return -1;              /* log made by save_backend_variables */
                               4533                 : 
                               4534                 :     /* Calculate name for temp file */
                               4535                 :     snprintf(tmpfilename, MAXPGPATH, "%s/%s.backend_var.%d.%lu",
                               4536                 :              PG_TEMP_FILES_DIR, PG_TEMP_FILE_PREFIX,
                               4537                 :              MyProcPid, ++tmpBackendFileNum);
                               4538                 : 
                               4539                 :     /* Open file */
                               4540                 :     fp = AllocateFile(tmpfilename, PG_BINARY_W);
                               4541                 :     if (!fp)
                               4542                 :     {
                               4543                 :         /*
                               4544                 :          * As in OpenTemporaryFileInTablespace, try to make the temp-file
                               4545                 :          * directory, ignoring errors.
                               4546                 :          */
                               4547                 :         (void) MakePGDirectory(PG_TEMP_FILES_DIR);
                               4548                 : 
                               4549                 :         fp = AllocateFile(tmpfilename, PG_BINARY_W);
                               4550                 :         if (!fp)
                               4551                 :         {
                               4552                 :             ereport(LOG,
                               4553                 :                     (errcode_for_file_access(),
                               4554                 :                      errmsg("could not create file \"%s\": %m",
                               4555                 :                             tmpfilename)));
                               4556                 :             return -1;
                               4557                 :         }
                               4558                 :     }
                               4559                 : 
                               4560                 :     if (fwrite(&param, sizeof(param), 1, fp) != 1)
                               4561                 :     {
                               4562                 :         ereport(LOG,
                               4563                 :                 (errcode_for_file_access(),
                               4564                 :                  errmsg("could not write to file \"%s\": %m", tmpfilename)));
                               4565                 :         FreeFile(fp);
                               4566                 :         return -1;
                               4567                 :     }
                               4568                 : 
                               4569                 :     /* Release file */
                               4570                 :     if (FreeFile(fp))
                               4571                 :     {
                               4572                 :         ereport(LOG,
                               4573                 :                 (errcode_for_file_access(),
                               4574                 :                  errmsg("could not write to file \"%s\": %m", tmpfilename)));
                               4575                 :         return -1;
                               4576                 :     }
                               4577                 : 
                               4578                 :     /* Make sure caller set up argv properly */
                               4579                 :     Assert(argc >= 3);
                               4580                 :     Assert(argv[argc] == NULL);
                               4581                 :     Assert(strncmp(argv[1], "--fork", 6) == 0);
                               4582                 :     Assert(argv[2] == NULL);
                               4583                 : 
                               4584                 :     /* Insert temp file name after --fork argument */
                               4585                 :     argv[2] = tmpfilename;
                               4586                 : 
                               4587                 :     /* Fire off execv in child */
                               4588                 :     if ((pid = fork_process()) == 0)
                               4589                 :     {
                               4590                 :         if (execv(postgres_exec_path, argv) < 0)
                               4591                 :         {
                               4592                 :             ereport(LOG,
                               4593                 :                     (errmsg("could not execute server process \"%s\": %m",
                               4594                 :                             postgres_exec_path)));
                               4595                 :             /* We're already in the child process here, can't return */
                               4596                 :             exit(1);
                               4597                 :         }
                               4598                 :     }
                               4599                 : 
                               4600                 :     return pid;                 /* Parent returns pid, or -1 on fork failure */
                               4601                 : }
                               4602                 : #else                           /* WIN32 */
                               4603                 : 
                               4604                 : /*
                               4605                 :  * internal_forkexec win32 implementation
                               4606                 :  *
                               4607                 :  * - starts backend using CreateProcess(), in suspended state
                               4608                 :  * - writes out backend variables to the parameter file
                               4609                 :  *  - during this, duplicates handles and sockets required for
                               4610                 :  *    inheritance into the new process
                               4611                 :  * - resumes execution of the new process once the backend parameter
                               4612                 :  *   file is complete.
                               4613                 :  */
                               4614                 : static pid_t
                               4615                 : internal_forkexec(int argc, char *argv[], Port *port)
                               4616                 : {
                               4617                 :     int         retry_count = 0;
                               4618                 :     STARTUPINFO si;
                               4619                 :     PROCESS_INFORMATION pi;
                               4620                 :     int         i;
                               4621                 :     int         j;
                               4622                 :     char        cmdLine[MAXPGPATH * 2];
                               4623                 :     HANDLE      paramHandle;
                               4624                 :     BackendParameters *param;
                               4625                 :     SECURITY_ATTRIBUTES sa;
                               4626                 :     char        paramHandleStr[32];
                               4627                 :     win32_deadchild_waitinfo *childinfo;
                               4628                 : 
                               4629                 :     /* Make sure caller set up argv properly */
                               4630                 :     Assert(argc >= 3);
                               4631                 :     Assert(argv[argc] == NULL);
                               4632                 :     Assert(strncmp(argv[1], "--fork", 6) == 0);
                               4633                 :     Assert(argv[2] == NULL);
                               4634                 : 
                               4635                 :     /* Resume here if we need to retry */
                               4636                 : retry:
                               4637                 : 
                               4638                 :     /* Set up shared memory for parameter passing */
                               4639                 :     ZeroMemory(&sa, sizeof(sa));
                               4640                 :     sa.nLength = sizeof(sa);
                               4641                 :     sa.bInheritHandle = TRUE;
                               4642                 :     paramHandle = CreateFileMapping(INVALID_HANDLE_VALUE,
                               4643                 :                                     &sa,
                               4644                 :                                     PAGE_READWRITE,
                               4645                 :                                     0,
                               4646                 :                                     sizeof(BackendParameters),
                               4647                 :                                     NULL);
                               4648                 :     if (paramHandle == INVALID_HANDLE_VALUE)
                               4649                 :     {
                               4650                 :         ereport(LOG,
                               4651                 :                 (errmsg("could not create backend parameter file mapping: error code %lu",
                               4652                 :                         GetLastError())));
                               4653                 :         return -1;
                               4654                 :     }
                               4655                 : 
                               4656                 :     param = MapViewOfFile(paramHandle, FILE_MAP_WRITE, 0, 0, sizeof(BackendParameters));
                               4657                 :     if (!param)
                               4658                 :     {
                               4659                 :         ereport(LOG,
                               4660                 :                 (errmsg("could not map backend parameter memory: error code %lu",
                               4661                 :                         GetLastError())));
                               4662                 :         CloseHandle(paramHandle);
                               4663                 :         return -1;
                               4664                 :     }
                               4665                 : 
                               4666                 :     /* Insert temp file name after --fork argument */
                               4667                 : #ifdef _WIN64
                               4668                 :     sprintf(paramHandleStr, "%llu", (LONG_PTR) paramHandle);
                               4669                 : #else
                               4670                 :     sprintf(paramHandleStr, "%lu", (DWORD) paramHandle);
                               4671                 : #endif
                               4672                 :     argv[2] = paramHandleStr;
                               4673                 : 
                               4674                 :     /* Format the cmd line */
                               4675                 :     cmdLine[sizeof(cmdLine) - 1] = '\0';
                               4676                 :     cmdLine[sizeof(cmdLine) - 2] = '\0';
                               4677                 :     snprintf(cmdLine, sizeof(cmdLine) - 1, "\"%s\"", postgres_exec_path);
                               4678                 :     i = 0;
                               4679                 :     while (argv[++i] != NULL)
                               4680                 :     {
                               4681                 :         j = strlen(cmdLine);
                               4682                 :         snprintf(cmdLine + j, sizeof(cmdLine) - 1 - j, " \"%s\"", argv[i]);
                               4683                 :     }
                               4684                 :     if (cmdLine[sizeof(cmdLine) - 2] != '\0')
                               4685                 :     {
                               4686                 :         ereport(LOG,
                               4687                 :                 (errmsg("subprocess command line too long")));
                               4688                 :         UnmapViewOfFile(param);
                               4689                 :         CloseHandle(paramHandle);
                               4690                 :         return -1;
                               4691                 :     }
                               4692                 : 
                               4693                 :     memset(&pi, 0, sizeof(pi));
                               4694                 :     memset(&si, 0, sizeof(si));
                               4695                 :     si.cb = sizeof(si);
                               4696                 : 
                               4697                 :     /*
                               4698                 :      * Create the subprocess in a suspended state. This will be resumed later,
                               4699                 :      * once we have written out the parameter file.
                               4700                 :      */
                               4701                 :     if (!CreateProcess(NULL, cmdLine, NULL, NULL, TRUE, CREATE_SUSPENDED,
                               4702                 :                        NULL, NULL, &si, &pi))
                               4703                 :     {
                               4704                 :         ereport(LOG,
                               4705                 :                 (errmsg("CreateProcess() call failed: %m (error code %lu)",
                               4706                 :                         GetLastError())));
                               4707                 :         UnmapViewOfFile(param);
                               4708                 :         CloseHandle(paramHandle);
                               4709                 :         return -1;
                               4710                 :     }
                               4711                 : 
                               4712                 :     if (!save_backend_variables(param, port, pi.hProcess, pi.dwProcessId))
                               4713                 :     {
                               4714                 :         /*
                               4715                 :          * log made by save_backend_variables, but we have to clean up the
                               4716                 :          * mess with the half-started process
                               4717                 :          */
                               4718                 :         if (!TerminateProcess(pi.hProcess, 255))
                               4719                 :             ereport(LOG,
                               4720                 :                     (errmsg_internal("could not terminate unstarted process: error code %lu",
                               4721                 :                                      GetLastError())));
                               4722                 :         CloseHandle(pi.hProcess);
                               4723                 :         CloseHandle(pi.hThread);
                               4724                 :         UnmapViewOfFile(param);
                               4725                 :         CloseHandle(paramHandle);
                               4726                 :         return -1;              /* log made by save_backend_variables */
                               4727                 :     }
                               4728                 : 
                               4729                 :     /* Drop the parameter shared memory that is now inherited to the backend */
                               4730                 :     if (!UnmapViewOfFile(param))
                               4731                 :         ereport(LOG,
                               4732                 :                 (errmsg("could not unmap view of backend parameter file: error code %lu",
                               4733                 :                         GetLastError())));
                               4734                 :     if (!CloseHandle(paramHandle))
                               4735                 :         ereport(LOG,
                               4736                 :                 (errmsg("could not close handle to backend parameter file: error code %lu",
                               4737                 :                         GetLastError())));
                               4738                 : 
                               4739                 :     /*
                               4740                 :      * Reserve the memory region used by our main shared memory segment before
                               4741                 :      * we resume the child process.  Normally this should succeed, but if ASLR
                               4742                 :      * is active then it might sometimes fail due to the stack or heap having
                               4743                 :      * gotten mapped into that range.  In that case, just terminate the
                               4744                 :      * process and retry.
                               4745                 :      */
                               4746                 :     if (!pgwin32_ReserveSharedMemoryRegion(pi.hProcess))
                               4747                 :     {
                               4748                 :         /* pgwin32_ReserveSharedMemoryRegion already made a log entry */
                               4749                 :         if (!TerminateProcess(pi.hProcess, 255))
                               4750                 :             ereport(LOG,
                               4751                 :                     (errmsg_internal("could not terminate process that failed to reserve memory: error code %lu",
                               4752                 :                                      GetLastError())));
                               4753                 :         CloseHandle(pi.hProcess);
                               4754                 :         CloseHandle(pi.hThread);
                               4755                 :         if (++retry_count < 100)
                               4756                 :             goto retry;
                               4757                 :         ereport(LOG,
                               4758                 :                 (errmsg("giving up after too many tries to reserve shared memory"),
                               4759                 :                  errhint("This might be caused by ASLR or antivirus software.")));
                               4760                 :         return -1;
                               4761                 :     }
                               4762                 : 
                               4763                 :     /*
                               4764                 :      * Now that the backend variables are written out, we start the child
                               4765                 :      * thread so it can start initializing while we set up the rest of the
                               4766                 :      * parent state.
                               4767                 :      */
                               4768                 :     if (ResumeThread(pi.hThread) == -1)
                               4769                 :     {
                               4770                 :         if (!TerminateProcess(pi.hProcess, 255))
                               4771                 :         {
                               4772                 :             ereport(LOG,
                               4773                 :                     (errmsg_internal("could not terminate unstartable process: error code %lu",
                               4774                 :                                      GetLastError())));
                               4775                 :             CloseHandle(pi.hProcess);
                               4776                 :             CloseHandle(pi.hThread);
                               4777                 :             return -1;
                               4778                 :         }
                               4779                 :         CloseHandle(pi.hProcess);
                               4780                 :         CloseHandle(pi.hThread);
                               4781                 :         ereport(LOG,
                               4782                 :                 (errmsg_internal("could not resume thread of unstarted process: error code %lu",
                               4783                 :                                  GetLastError())));
                               4784                 :         return -1;
                               4785                 :     }
                               4786                 : 
                               4787                 :     /*
                               4788                 :      * Queue a waiter to signal when this child dies. The wait will be handled
                               4789                 :      * automatically by an operating system thread pool.  The memory will be
                               4790                 :      * freed by a later call to waitpid().
                               4791                 :      */
                               4792                 :     childinfo = palloc(sizeof(win32_deadchild_waitinfo));
                               4793                 :     childinfo->procHandle = pi.hProcess;
                               4794                 :     childinfo->procId = pi.dwProcessId;
                               4795                 : 
                               4796                 :     if (!RegisterWaitForSingleObject(&childinfo->waitHandle,
                               4797                 :                                      pi.hProcess,
                               4798                 :                                      pgwin32_deadchild_callback,
                               4799                 :                                      childinfo,
                               4800                 :                                      INFINITE,
                               4801                 :                                      WT_EXECUTEONLYONCE | WT_EXECUTEINWAITTHREAD))
                               4802                 :         ereport(FATAL,
                               4803                 :                 (errmsg_internal("could not register process for wait: error code %lu",
                               4804                 :                                  GetLastError())));
                               4805                 : 
                               4806                 :     /* Don't close pi.hProcess here - waitpid() needs access to it */
                               4807                 : 
                               4808                 :     CloseHandle(pi.hThread);
                               4809                 : 
                               4810                 :     return pi.dwProcessId;
                               4811                 : }
                               4812                 : #endif                          /* WIN32 */
                               4813                 : 
                               4814                 : 
                               4815                 : /*
                               4816                 :  * SubPostmasterMain -- Get the fork/exec'd process into a state equivalent
                               4817                 :  *          to what it would be if we'd simply forked on Unix, and then
                               4818                 :  *          dispatch to the appropriate place.
                               4819                 :  *
                               4820                 :  * The first two command line arguments are expected to be "--forkFOO"
                               4821                 :  * (where FOO indicates which postmaster child we are to become), and
                               4822                 :  * the name of a variables file that we can read to load data that would
                               4823                 :  * have been inherited by fork() on Unix.  Remaining arguments go to the
                               4824                 :  * subprocess FooMain() routine.
                               4825                 :  */
                               4826                 : void
                               4827                 : SubPostmasterMain(int argc, char *argv[])
                               4828                 : {
                               4829                 :     Port        port;
                               4830                 : 
                               4831                 :     /* In EXEC_BACKEND case we will not have inherited these settings */
                               4832                 :     IsPostmasterEnvironment = true;
                               4833                 :     whereToSendOutput = DestNone;
                               4834                 : 
                               4835                 :     /* Setup essential subsystems (to ensure elog() behaves sanely) */
                               4836                 :     InitializeGUCOptions();
                               4837                 : 
                               4838                 :     /* Check we got appropriate args */
                               4839                 :     if (argc < 3)
                               4840                 :         elog(FATAL, "invalid subpostmaster invocation");
                               4841                 : 
                               4842                 :     /* Read in the variables file */
                               4843                 :     memset(&port, 0, sizeof(Port));
                               4844                 :     read_backend_variables(argv[2], &port);
                               4845                 : 
                               4846                 :     /* Close the postmaster's sockets (as soon as we know them) */
                               4847                 :     ClosePostmasterPorts(strcmp(argv[1], "--forklog") == 0);
                               4848                 : 
                               4849                 :     /* Setup as postmaster child */
                               4850                 :     InitPostmasterChild();
                               4851                 : 
                               4852                 :     /*
                               4853                 :      * If appropriate, physically re-attach to shared memory segment. We want
                               4854                 :      * to do this before going any further to ensure that we can attach at the
                               4855                 :      * same address the postmaster used.  On the other hand, if we choose not
                               4856                 :      * to re-attach, we may have other cleanup to do.
                               4857                 :      *
                               4858                 :      * If testing EXEC_BACKEND on Linux, you should run this as root before
                               4859                 :      * starting the postmaster:
                               4860                 :      *
                               4861                 :      * sysctl -w kernel.randomize_va_space=0
                               4862                 :      *
                               4863                 :      * This prevents using randomized stack and code addresses that cause the
                               4864                 :      * child process's memory map to be different from the parent's, making it
                               4865                 :      * sometimes impossible to attach to shared memory at the desired address.
                               4866                 :      * Return the setting to its old value (usually '1' or '2') when finished.
                               4867                 :      */
                               4868                 :     if (strcmp(argv[1], "--forkbackend") == 0 ||
                               4869                 :         strcmp(argv[1], "--forkavlauncher") == 0 ||
                               4870                 :         strcmp(argv[1], "--forkavworker") == 0 ||
                               4871                 :         strcmp(argv[1], "--forkaux") == 0 ||
                               4872                 :         strncmp(argv[1], "--forkbgworker=", 15) == 0)
                               4873                 :         PGSharedMemoryReAttach();
                               4874                 :     else
                               4875                 :         PGSharedMemoryNoReAttach();
                               4876                 : 
                               4877                 :     /* autovacuum needs this set before calling InitProcess */
                               4878                 :     if (strcmp(argv[1], "--forkavlauncher") == 0)
                               4879                 :         AutovacuumLauncherIAm();
                               4880                 :     if (strcmp(argv[1], "--forkavworker") == 0)
                               4881                 :         AutovacuumWorkerIAm();
                               4882                 : 
                               4883                 :     /* Read in remaining GUC variables */
                               4884                 :     read_nondefault_variables();
                               4885                 : 
                               4886                 :     /*
                               4887                 :      * Check that the data directory looks valid, which will also check the
                               4888                 :      * privileges on the data directory and update our umask and file/group
                               4889                 :      * variables for creating files later.  Note: this should really be done
                               4890                 :      * before we create any files or directories.
                               4891                 :      */
                               4892                 :     checkDataDir();
                               4893                 : 
                               4894                 :     /*
                               4895                 :      * (re-)read control file, as it contains config. The postmaster will
                               4896                 :      * already have read this, but this process doesn't know about that.
                               4897                 :      */
                               4898                 :     LocalProcessControlFile(false);
                               4899                 : 
                               4900                 :     /*
                               4901                 :      * Reload any libraries that were preloaded by the postmaster.  Since we
                               4902                 :      * exec'd this process, those libraries didn't come along with us; but we
                               4903                 :      * should load them into all child processes to be consistent with the
                               4904                 :      * non-EXEC_BACKEND behavior.
                               4905                 :      */
                               4906                 :     process_shared_preload_libraries();
                               4907                 : 
                               4908                 :     /* Run backend or appropriate child */
                               4909                 :     if (strcmp(argv[1], "--forkbackend") == 0)
                               4910                 :     {
                               4911                 :         Assert(argc == 3);      /* shouldn't be any more args */
                               4912                 : 
                               4913                 :         /*
                               4914                 :          * Need to reinitialize the SSL library in the backend, since the
                               4915                 :          * context structures contain function pointers and cannot be passed
                               4916                 :          * through the parameter file.
                               4917                 :          *
                               4918                 :          * If for some reason reload fails (maybe the user installed broken
                               4919                 :          * key files), soldier on without SSL; that's better than all
                               4920                 :          * connections becoming impossible.
                               4921                 :          *
                               4922                 :          * XXX should we do this in all child processes?  For the moment it's
                               4923                 :          * enough to do it in backend children.
                               4924                 :          */
                               4925                 : #ifdef USE_SSL
                               4926                 :         if (EnableSSL)
                               4927                 :         {
                               4928                 :             if (secure_initialize(false) == 0)
                               4929                 :                 LoadedSSL = true;
                               4930                 :             else
                               4931                 :                 ereport(LOG,
                               4932                 :                         (errmsg("SSL configuration could not be loaded in child process")));
                               4933                 :         }
                               4934                 : #endif
                               4935                 : 
                               4936                 :         /*
                               4937                 :          * Perform additional initialization and collect startup packet.
                               4938                 :          *
                               4939                 :          * We want to do this before InitProcess() for a couple of reasons: 1.
                               4940                 :          * so that we aren't eating up a PGPROC slot while waiting on the
                               4941                 :          * client. 2. so that if InitProcess() fails due to being out of
                               4942                 :          * PGPROC slots, we have already initialized libpq and are able to
                               4943                 :          * report the error to the client.
                               4944                 :          */
                               4945                 :         BackendInitialize(&port);
                               4946                 : 
                               4947                 :         /* Restore basic shared memory pointers */
                               4948                 :         InitShmemAccess(UsedShmemSegAddr);
                               4949                 : 
                               4950                 :         /* Need a PGPROC to run CreateSharedMemoryAndSemaphores */
                               4951                 :         InitProcess();
                               4952                 : 
                               4953                 :         /* Attach process to shared data structures */
                               4954                 :         CreateSharedMemoryAndSemaphores();
                               4955                 : 
                               4956                 :         /* And run the backend */
                               4957                 :         BackendRun(&port);      /* does not return */
                               4958                 :     }
                               4959                 :     if (strcmp(argv[1], "--forkaux") == 0)
                               4960                 :     {
                               4961                 :         AuxProcType auxtype;
                               4962                 : 
                               4963                 :         Assert(argc == 4);
                               4964                 : 
                               4965                 :         /* Restore basic shared memory pointers */
                               4966                 :         InitShmemAccess(UsedShmemSegAddr);
                               4967                 : 
                               4968                 :         /* Need a PGPROC to run CreateSharedMemoryAndSemaphores */
                               4969                 :         InitAuxiliaryProcess();
                               4970                 : 
                               4971                 :         /* Attach process to shared data structures */
                               4972                 :         CreateSharedMemoryAndSemaphores();
                               4973                 : 
                               4974                 :         auxtype = atoi(argv[3]);
                               4975                 :         AuxiliaryProcessMain(auxtype);  /* does not return */
                               4976                 :     }
                               4977                 :     if (strcmp(argv[1], "--forkavlauncher") == 0)
                               4978                 :     {
                               4979                 :         /* Restore basic shared memory pointers */
                               4980                 :         InitShmemAccess(UsedShmemSegAddr);
                               4981                 : 
                               4982                 :         /* Need a PGPROC to run CreateSharedMemoryAndSemaphores */
                               4983                 :         InitProcess();
                               4984                 : 
                               4985                 :         /* Attach process to shared data structures */
                               4986                 :         CreateSharedMemoryAndSemaphores();
                               4987                 : 
                               4988                 :         AutoVacLauncherMain(argc - 2, argv + 2);    /* does not return */
                               4989                 :     }
                               4990                 :     if (strcmp(argv[1], "--forkavworker") == 0)
                               4991                 :     {
                               4992                 :         /* Restore basic shared memory pointers */
 6304 tgl                      4993 ECB             :         InitShmemAccess(UsedShmemSegAddr);
                               4994                 : 
                               4995                 :         /* Need a PGPROC to run CreateSharedMemoryAndSemaphores */
                               4996                 :         InitProcess();
                               4997                 : 
                               4998                 :         /* Attach process to shared data structures */
                               4999                 :         CreateSharedMemoryAndSemaphores();
                               5000                 : 
                               5001                 :         AutoVacWorkerMain(argc - 2, argv + 2);  /* does not return */
                               5002                 :     }
                               5003                 :     if (strncmp(argv[1], "--forkbgworker=", 15) == 0)
                               5004                 :     {
                               5005                 :         int         shmem_slot;
                               5006                 : 
                               5007                 :         /* do this as early as possible; in particular, before InitProcess() */
                               5008                 :         IsBackgroundWorker = true;
                               5009                 : 
                               5010                 :         /* Restore basic shared memory pointers */
                               5011                 :         InitShmemAccess(UsedShmemSegAddr);
                               5012                 : 
                               5013                 :         /* Need a PGPROC to run CreateSharedMemoryAndSemaphores */
                               5014                 :         InitProcess();
                               5015                 : 
                               5016                 :         /* Attach process to shared data structures */
                               5017                 :         CreateSharedMemoryAndSemaphores();
                               5018                 : 
 2441                          5019                 :         /* Fetch MyBgworkerEntry from shared memory */
                               5020                 :         shmem_slot = atoi(argv[1] + 15);
                               5021                 :         MyBgworkerEntry = BackgroundWorkerEntry(shmem_slot);
                               5022                 : 
                               5023                 :         StartBackgroundWorker();
                               5024                 :     }
                               5025                 :     if (strcmp(argv[1], "--forklog") == 0)
                               5026                 :     {
 6821                          5027                 :         /* Do not want to attach to shared memory */
                               5028                 : 
 2118                          5029                 :         SysLoggerMain(argc, argv);  /* does not return */
                               5030                 :     }
 6890                          5031                 : 
                               5032                 :     abort();                    /* shouldn't get here */
                               5033                 : }
                               5034                 : #endif                          /* EXEC_BACKEND */
                               5035                 : 
                               5036                 : 
                               5037                 : /*
                               5038                 :  * ExitPostmaster -- cleanup
                               5039                 :  *
 8166                          5040                 :  * Do NOT call exit() directly --- always go through here!
 9770 scrappy                  5041                 :  */
                               5042                 : static void
 9770 scrappy                  5043 GIC         595 : ExitPostmaster(int status)
 9770 scrappy                  5044 ECB             : {
 3014 noah                     5045                 : #ifdef HAVE_PTHREAD_IS_THREADED_NP
                               5046                 : 
                               5047                 :     /*
                               5048                 :      * There is no known cause for a postmaster to become multithreaded after
                               5049                 :      * startup.  Recheck to account for the possibility of unknown causes.
                               5050                 :      * This message uses LOG level, because an unclean shutdown at this point
                               5051                 :      * would usually not look much different from a clean shutdown.
                               5052                 :      */
                               5053                 :     if (pthread_is_threaded_np() != 0)
                               5054                 :         ereport(LOG,
                               5055                 :                 (errcode(ERRCODE_INTERNAL_ERROR),
                               5056                 :                  errmsg_internal("postmaster became multithreaded"),
                               5057                 :                  errdetail("Please report this to <%s>.", PACKAGE_BUGREPORT)));
                               5058                 : #endif
                               5059                 : 
 9345 bruce                    5060                 :     /* should cleanup shared memory and kill all backends */
                               5061                 : 
                               5062                 :     /*
                               5063                 :      * Not sure of the semantics here.  When the Postmaster dies, should the
 6385                          5064                 :      * backends all be killed? probably not.
                               5065                 :      *
                               5066                 :      * MUST     -- vadim 05-10-1999
                               5067                 :      */
 8353 tgl                      5068                 : 
 9052 bruce                    5069 GIC         595 :     proc_exit(status);
                               5070                 : }
 9770 scrappy                  5071 ECB             : 
 5163 heikki.linnakangas       5072                 : /*
                               5073                 :  * Handle pmsignal conditions representing requests from backends,
                               5074                 :  * and check for promote and logrotate requests from pg_ctl.
                               5075                 :  */
                               5076                 : static void
   87 tmunro                   5077 GNC        2363 : process_pm_pmsignal(void)
                               5078                 : {
                               5079            2363 :     pending_pm_pmsignal = false;
                               5080                 : 
                               5081            2363 :     ereport(DEBUG2,
                               5082                 :             (errmsg_internal("postmaster received pmsignal signal")));
 5163 heikki.linnakangas       5083 ECB             : 
                               5084                 :     /*
                               5085                 :      * RECOVERY_STARTED and BEGIN_HOT_STANDBY signals are ignored in
                               5086                 :      * unexpected states. If the startup process quickly starts up, completes
 5158                          5087                 :      * recovery, exits, we might process the death of the startup process
                               5088                 :      * first. We don't want to go back to recovery in that case.
                               5089                 :      */
 5158 heikki.linnakangas       5090 CBC        2363 :     if (CheckPostmasterSignal(PMSIGNAL_RECOVERY_STARTED) &&
 3791 tgl                      5091             184 :         pmState == PM_STARTUP && Shutdown == NoShutdown)
                               5092                 :     {
                               5093                 :         /* WAL redo has started. We're out of reinitialization. */
 5158 heikki.linnakangas       5094             184 :         FatalError = false;
 1322 tgl                      5095             184 :         AbortStartTime = 0;
                               5096                 : 
                               5097                 :         /*
 2886 heikki.linnakangas       5098 ECB             :          * Start the archiver if we're responsible for (re-)archiving received
                               5099                 :          * files.
                               5100                 :          */
 2886 heikki.linnakangas       5101 GIC         184 :         Assert(PgArchPID == 0);
 2858 fujii                    5102 CBC         184 :         if (XLogArchivingAlways())
  755                          5103               3 :             PgArchPID = StartArchiver();
                               5104                 : 
 2111 tgl                      5105 EUB             :         /*
                               5106                 :          * If we aren't planning to enter hot standby mode later, treat
                               5107                 :          * RECOVERY_STARTED as meaning we're out of startup, and report status
                               5108                 :          * accordingly.
                               5109                 :          */
 2700 peter_e                  5110 GIC         184 :         if (!EnableHotStandby)
 2111 tgl                      5111 ECB             :         {
 2111 tgl                      5112 GBC           2 :             AddToDataDirLockFile(LOCK_FILE_LINE_PM_STATUS, PM_STATUS_STANDBY);
                               5113                 : #ifdef USE_SYSTEMD
 2700 peter_e                  5114 GIC           2 :             sd_notify(0, "READY=1");
                               5115                 : #endif
                               5116                 :         }
                               5117                 : 
 5158 heikki.linnakangas       5118             184 :         pmState = PM_RECOVERY;
                               5119                 :     }
                               5120                 : 
 4712 rhaas                    5121            2363 :     if (CheckPostmasterSignal(PMSIGNAL_BEGIN_HOT_STANDBY) &&
 3791 tgl                      5122             114 :         pmState == PM_RECOVERY && Shutdown == NoShutdown)
 5163 heikki.linnakangas       5123 EUB             :     {
 4859 simon                    5124 GIC         114 :         ereport(LOG,
                               5125                 :                 (errmsg("database system is ready to accept read-only connections")));
 8062 tgl                      5126 ECB             : 
 2111                          5127                 :         /* Report status */
 2111 tgl                      5128 GIC         114 :         AddToDataDirLockFile(LOCK_FILE_LINE_PM_STATUS, PM_STATUS_READY);
                               5129                 : #ifdef USE_SYSTEMD
 2700 peter_e                  5130 CBC         114 :         sd_notify(0, "READY=1");
                               5131                 : #endif
                               5132                 : 
 4712 rhaas                    5133             114 :         pmState = PM_HOT_STANDBY;
  368 sfrost                   5134 GIC         114 :         connsAllowed = true;
                               5135                 : 
                               5136                 :         /* Some workers may be scheduled to start now */
 3109 rhaas                    5137 CBC         114 :         StartWorkerNeeded = true;
 5158 heikki.linnakangas       5138 ECB             :     }
                               5139                 : 
                               5140                 :     /* Process background worker state changes. */
  836 tgl                      5141 GIC        2363 :     if (CheckPostmasterSignal(PMSIGNAL_BACKGROUND_WORKER_CHANGE))
                               5142                 :     {
                               5143                 :         /* Accept new worker requests only if not stopping. */
                               5144             953 :         BackgroundWorkerStateChange(pmState < PM_STOP_BACKENDS);
                               5145             953 :         StartWorkerNeeded = true;
                               5146                 :     }
                               5147                 : 
 3109 rhaas                    5148            2363 :     if (StartWorkerNeeded || HaveCrashedWorker)
 2174 tgl                      5149            1067 :         maybe_start_bgworkers();
                               5150                 : 
 1681 akorotkov                5151 ECB             :     /* Tell syslogger to rotate logfile if requested */
 1681 akorotkov                5152 GIC        2363 :     if (SysLoggerPID != 0)
 6449 tgl                      5153 ECB             :     {
 1681 akorotkov                5154 GIC           1 :         if (CheckLogrotateSignal())
                               5155                 :         {
 1681 akorotkov                5156 CBC           1 :             signal_child(SysLoggerPID, SIGUSR1);
                               5157               1 :             RemoveLogrotateSignalFiles();
 1681 akorotkov                5158 ECB             :         }
 1681 akorotkov                5159 LBC           0 :         else if (CheckPostmasterSignal(PMSIGNAL_ROTATE_LOGFILE))
                               5160                 :         {
 1681 akorotkov                5161 UIC           0 :             signal_child(SysLoggerPID, SIGUSR1);
                               5162                 :         }
                               5163                 :     }
                               5164                 : 
 3791 tgl                      5165 GIC        2363 :     if (CheckPostmasterSignal(PMSIGNAL_START_AUTOVAC_LAUNCHER) &&
  968 tgl                      5166 UIC           0 :         Shutdown <= SmartShutdown && pmState < PM_STOP_BACKENDS)
 6117 alvherre                 5167 ECB             :     {
                               5168                 :         /*
 5999 tgl                      5169                 :          * Start one iteration of the autovacuum daemon, even if autovacuuming
                               5170                 :          * is nominally not enabled.  This is so we can have an active defense
                               5171                 :          * against transaction ID wraparound.  We set a flag for the main loop
                               5172                 :          * to do it rather than trying to do it here --- this is because the
                               5173                 :          * autovac process itself may send the signal, and we want to handle
                               5174                 :          * that by launching another iteration as soon as the current one
                               5175                 :          * completes.
                               5176                 :          */
 5897 alvherre                 5177 UIC           0 :         start_autovac_launcher = true;
                               5178                 :     }
                               5179                 : 
 3791 tgl                      5180 GIC        2363 :     if (CheckPostmasterSignal(PMSIGNAL_START_AUTOVAC_WORKER) &&
  968                          5181              16 :         Shutdown <= SmartShutdown && pmState < PM_STOP_BACKENDS)
                               5182                 :     {
                               5183                 :         /* The autovacuum launcher wants us to start a worker process. */
 5897 alvherre                 5184              16 :         StartAutovacuumWorker();
 5738 tgl                      5185 EUB             :     }
                               5186                 : 
 2113 tgl                      5187 GBC        2363 :     if (CheckPostmasterSignal(PMSIGNAL_START_WALRECEIVER))
                               5188                 :     {
                               5189                 :         /* Startup Process wants us to start the walreceiver process. */
                               5190                 :         /* Start immediately if possible, else remember request for later. */
 2113 tgl                      5191 GIC         213 :         WalReceiverRequested = true;
                               5192             213 :         MaybeStartWalReceiver();
                               5193                 :     }
                               5194                 : 
                               5195                 :     /*
                               5196                 :      * Try to advance postmaster's state machine, if a child requests it.
                               5197                 :      *
                               5198                 :      * Be careful about the order of this action relative to this function's
                               5199                 :      * other actions.  Generally, this should be after other actions, in case
 1446 tgl                      5200 EUB             :      * they have effects PostmasterStateMachine would need to know about.
                               5201                 :      * However, we should do it before the CheckPromoteSignal step, which
                               5202                 :      * cannot have any (immediate) effect on the state machine, but does
                               5203                 :      * depend on what state we're in now.
                               5204                 :      */
 1446 tgl                      5205 GIC        2363 :     if (CheckPostmasterSignal(PMSIGNAL_ADVANCE_STATE_MACHINE))
                               5206                 :     {
 4389 rhaas                    5207             879 :         PostmasterStateMachine();
                               5208                 :     }
 4389 rhaas                    5209 EUB             : 
 1446 tgl                      5210 GIC        2363 :     if (StartupPID != 0 &&
 4436 rhaas                    5211 GBC         571 :         (pmState == PM_STARTUP || pmState == PM_RECOVERY ||
  968 tgl                      5212 GIC         975 :          pmState == PM_HOT_STANDBY) &&
 1446                          5213             571 :         CheckPromoteSignal())
                               5214                 :     {
                               5215                 :         /*
                               5216                 :          * Tell startup process to finish recovery.
                               5217                 :          *
                               5218                 :          * Leave the promote signal file in place and let the Startup process
  970 tgl                      5219 ECB             :          * do the unlink.
                               5220                 :          */
 4436 rhaas                    5221 CBC          36 :         signal_child(StartupPID, SIGUSR2);
                               5222                 :     }
 8062 tgl                      5223            2363 : }
                               5224                 : 
                               5225                 : /*
  941 tgl                      5226 ECB             :  * SIGTERM while processing startup packet.
                               5227                 :  *
  940                          5228                 :  * Running proc_exit() from a signal handler would be quite unsafe.
                               5229                 :  * However, since we have not yet touched shared memory, we can just
                               5230                 :  * pull the plug and exit without running any atexit handlers.
                               5231                 :  *
                               5232                 :  * One might be tempted to try to send a message, or log one, indicating
                               5233                 :  * why we are disconnecting.  However, that would be quite unsafe in itself.
                               5234                 :  * Also, it seems undesirable to provide clues about the database's state
                               5235                 :  * to a client that has not yet completed authentication, or even sent us
                               5236                 :  * a startup packet.
                               5237                 :  */
                               5238                 : static void
  941 tgl                      5239 LBC           0 : process_startup_packet_die(SIGNAL_ARGS)
                               5240                 : {
  940 tgl                      5241 UIC           0 :     _exit(1);
                               5242                 : }
                               5243                 : 
                               5244                 : /*
 7826 tgl                      5245 ECB             :  * Dummy signal handler
                               5246                 :  *
                               5247                 :  * We use this for signals that we don't actually use in the postmaster,
                               5248                 :  * but we do use in backends.  If we were to SIG_IGN such signals in the
 6889                          5249                 :  * postmaster, then a newly started backend might drop a signal that arrives
                               5250                 :  * before it's able to reconfigure its signal processing.  (See notes in
                               5251                 :  * tcop/postgres.c.)
                               5252                 :  */
 7826                          5253                 : static void
 7826 tgl                      5254 UIC           0 : dummy_handler(SIGNAL_ARGS)
 7826 tgl                      5255 ECB             : {
 7826 tgl                      5256 UIC           0 : }
                               5257                 : 
                               5258                 : /*
                               5259                 :  * Timeout while processing startup packet.
                               5260                 :  * As for process_startup_packet_die(), we exit via _exit(1).
                               5261                 :  */
                               5262                 : static void
 3919 alvherre                 5263               0 : StartupPacketTimeoutHandler(void)
                               5264                 : {
  940 tgl                      5265               0 :     _exit(1);
                               5266                 : }
                               5267                 : 
                               5268                 : 
 2364 heikki.linnakangas       5269 ECB             : /*
                               5270                 :  * Generate a random cancel key.
                               5271                 :  */
                               5272                 : static bool
 2316 heikki.linnakangas       5273 GIC       11004 : RandomCancelKey(int32 *cancel_key)
                               5274                 : {
 1559 michael                  5275           11004 :     return pg_strong_random(cancel_key, sizeof(int32));
                               5276                 : }
                               5277                 : 
                               5278                 : /*
                               5279                 :  * Count up number of child processes of specified types (dead_end children
                               5280                 :  * are always excluded).
                               5281                 :  */
                               5282                 : static int
 4832 heikki.linnakangas       5283           14615 : CountChildren(int target)
                               5284                 : {
                               5285                 :     dlist_iter  iter;
 8835 tgl                      5286           14615 :     int         cnt = 0;
                               5287                 : 
 3827 alvherre                 5288           55262 :     dlist_foreach(iter, &BackendList)
                               5289                 :     {
                               5290           40647 :         Backend    *bp = dlist_container(Backend, elem, iter.cur);
                               5291                 : 
 4832 heikki.linnakangas       5292           40647 :         if (bp->dead_end)
                               5293              38 :             continue;
                               5294                 : 
 4461 rhaas                    5295 ECB             :         /*
                               5296                 :          * Since target == BACKEND_TYPE_ALL is the most common case, we test
 4382 bruce                    5297                 :          * it first and avoid touching shared memory for every child.
                               5298                 :          */
 4461 rhaas                    5299 CBC       40609 :         if (target != BACKEND_TYPE_ALL)
                               5300                 :         {
                               5301                 :             /*
 3776 alvherre                 5302 ECB             :              * Assign bkend_type for any recently announced WAL Sender
                               5303                 :              * processes.
                               5304                 :              */
 3776 alvherre                 5305 CBC        4948 :             if (bp->bkend_type == BACKEND_TYPE_NORMAL &&
                               5306            1548 :                 IsPostmasterChildWalSender(bp->child_slot))
                               5307              42 :                 bp->bkend_type = BACKEND_TYPE_WALSND;
                               5308                 : 
                               5309            3400 :             if (!(target & bp->bkend_type))
 4461 rhaas                    5310 GIC         280 :                 continue;
                               5311                 :         }
                               5312                 : 
 4832 heikki.linnakangas       5313 CBC       40329 :         cnt++;
                               5314                 :     }
 8835 tgl                      5315 GIC       14615 :     return cnt;
 8835 tgl                      5316 EUB             : }
                               5317                 : 
 6890                          5318                 : 
 8062                          5319                 : /*
                               5320                 :  * StartChildProcess -- start an auxiliary process for the postmaster
 8061                          5321                 :  *
 2440                          5322                 :  * "type" determines what kind of child will be started.  All child types
                               5323                 :  * initially go to AuxiliaryProcessMain, which will handle common setup.
 7033 bruce                    5324                 :  *
 6889 tgl                      5325                 :  * Return value of StartChildProcess is subprocess' PID, or 0 if failed
                               5326                 :  * to start subprocess.
                               5327                 :  */
 6890                          5328                 : static pid_t
 5877 alvherre                 5329 GBC        2540 : StartChildProcess(AuxProcType type)
 7045 bruce                    5330 EUB             : {
                               5331                 :     pid_t       pid;
                               5332                 : 
 7011 tgl                      5333                 : #ifdef EXEC_BACKEND
  613 andres                   5334                 :     {
                               5335                 :         char       *av[10];
                               5336                 :         int         ac = 0;
                               5337                 :         char        typebuf[32];
 7011 tgl                      5338                 : 
                               5339                 :         /*
  613 andres                   5340                 :          * Set up command-line arguments for subprocess
                               5341                 :          */
                               5342                 :         av[ac++] = "postgres";
                               5343                 :         av[ac++] = "--forkaux";
                               5344                 :         av[ac++] = NULL;        /* filled in by postmaster_forkexec */
 7011 tgl                      5345                 : 
  613 andres                   5346                 :         snprintf(typebuf, sizeof(typebuf), "%d", type);
                               5347                 :         av[ac++] = typebuf;
 7045 bruce                    5348                 : 
                               5349                 :         av[ac] = NULL;
                               5350                 :         Assert(ac < lengthof(av));
                               5351                 : 
                               5352                 :         pid = postmaster_forkexec(ac, av);
                               5353                 :     }
                               5354                 : #else                           /* !EXEC_BACKEND */
 6604 neilc                    5355 GBC        2540 :     pid = fork_process();
 7188 bruce                    5356 EUB             : 
 6890 tgl                      5357 GBC        4322 :     if (pid == 0)               /* child */
                               5358                 :     {
 3008 andres                   5359 GIC        1782 :         InitPostmasterChild();
                               5360                 : 
                               5361                 :         /* Close the postmaster's sockets */
 6821 tgl                      5362            1782 :         ClosePostmasterPorts(false);
 8095 tgl                      5363 ECB             : 
                               5364                 :         /* Release postmaster's working memory context */
 6826 tgl                      5365 GIC        1782 :         MemoryContextSwitchTo(TopMemoryContext);
                               5366            1782 :         MemoryContextDelete(PostmasterContext);
                               5367            1782 :         PostmasterContext = NULL;
                               5368                 : 
  613 andres                   5369            1782 :         AuxiliaryProcessMain(type); /* does not return */
                               5370                 :     }
                               5371                 : #endif                          /* EXEC_BACKEND */
                               5372                 : 
 8586 vadim4o                  5373            2540 :     if (pid < 0)
                               5374                 :     {
                               5375                 :         /* in parent, fork failed */
 6890 tgl                      5376 LBC           0 :         int         save_errno = errno;
                               5377                 : 
 6890 tgl                      5378 UIC           0 :         errno = save_errno;
 5877 alvherre                 5379               0 :         switch (type)
                               5380                 :         {
                               5381               0 :             case StartupProcess:
 7201 tgl                      5382               0 :                 ereport(LOG,
                               5383                 :                         (errmsg("could not fork startup process: %m")));
 7892 peter_e                  5384               0 :                 break;
  755 fujii                    5385               0 :             case ArchiverProcess:
                               5386               0 :                 ereport(LOG,
  755 fujii                    5387 ECB             :                         (errmsg("could not fork archiver process: %m")));
  755 fujii                    5388 UIC           0 :                 break;
 5877 alvherre                 5389               0 :             case BgWriterProcess:
 7081 JanWieck                 5390               0 :                 ereport(LOG,
                               5391                 :                         (errmsg("could not fork background writer process: %m")));
 7706 tgl                      5392               0 :                 break;
 4177 simon                    5393               0 :             case CheckpointerProcess:
                               5394               0 :                 ereport(LOG,
 3955 bruce                    5395 ECB             :                         (errmsg("could not fork checkpointer process: %m")));
 4177 simon                    5396 UIC           0 :                 break;
 5738 tgl                      5397 UBC           0 :             case WalWriterProcess:
 5738 tgl                      5398 UIC           0 :                 ereport(LOG,
                               5399                 :                         (errmsg("could not fork WAL writer process: %m")));
 5738 tgl                      5400 UBC           0 :                 break;
 4832 heikki.linnakangas       5401 UIC           0 :             case WalReceiverProcess:
                               5402               0 :                 ereport(LOG,
 4832 heikki.linnakangas       5403 ECB             :                         (errmsg("could not fork WAL receiver process: %m")));
 4832 heikki.linnakangas       5404 LBC           0 :                 break;
 7892 peter_e                  5405 UIC           0 :             default:
 7201 tgl                      5406 LBC           0 :                 ereport(LOG,
                               5407                 :                         (errmsg("could not fork process: %m")));
 7892 peter_e                  5408 UIC           0 :                 break;
 7892 peter_e                  5409 ECB             :         }
 8053 bruce                    5410                 : 
 8061 tgl                      5411                 :         /*
                               5412                 :          * fork failure is fatal during startup, but there's no need to choke
 6385 bruce                    5413                 :          * immediately if starting other child types fails.
 8061 tgl                      5414                 :          */
 5877 alvherre                 5415 UIC           0 :         if (type == StartupProcess)
 6889 tgl                      5416 LBC           0 :             ExitPostmaster(1);
                               5417               0 :         return 0;
                               5418                 :     }
                               5419                 : 
                               5420                 :     /*
                               5421                 :      * in parent, successful fork
 8062 tgl                      5422 ECB             :      */
 8061 tgl                      5423 GIC        2540 :     return pid;
                               5424                 : }
                               5425                 : 
                               5426                 : /*
                               5427                 :  * StartAutovacuumWorker
                               5428                 :  *      Start an autovac worker process.
 5897 alvherre                 5429 EUB             :  *
                               5430                 :  * This function is here because it enters the resulting PID into the
                               5431                 :  * postmaster's private backends list.
                               5432                 :  *
                               5433                 :  * NB -- this code very roughly matches BackendStartup.
                               5434                 :  */
                               5435                 : static void
 5897 alvherre                 5436 GIC          16 : StartAutovacuumWorker(void)
                               5437                 : {
                               5438                 :     Backend    *bn;
                               5439                 : 
                               5440                 :     /*
                               5441                 :      * If not in condition to run a process, don't try, but handle it like a
                               5442                 :      * fork failure.  This does not normally happen, since the signal is only
                               5443                 :      * supposed to be sent by autovacuum launcher when it's OK to do it, but
                               5444                 :      * we have to check to avoid race-condition problems during DB state
                               5445                 :      * changes.
                               5446                 :      */
 1280 tgl                      5447 GBC          16 :     if (canAcceptConnections(BACKEND_TYPE_AUTOVAC) == CAC_OK)
                               5448                 :     {
 2316 heikki.linnakangas       5449 EUB             :         /*
 2153 bruce                    5450                 :          * Compute the cancel key that will be assigned to this session. We
                               5451                 :          * probably don't need cancel keys for autovac workers, but we'd
                               5452                 :          * better have something random in the field to prevent unfriendly
                               5453                 :          * people from sending cancels to them.
                               5454                 :          */
 2316 heikki.linnakangas       5455 GIC          16 :         if (!RandomCancelKey(&MyCancelKey))
                               5456                 :         {
 2316 heikki.linnakangas       5457 UIC           0 :             ereport(LOG,
                               5458                 :                     (errcode(ERRCODE_INTERNAL_ERROR),
                               5459                 :                      errmsg("could not generate random cancel key")));
                               5460               0 :             return;
                               5461                 :         }
                               5462                 : 
 5722 tgl                      5463 GIC          16 :         bn = (Backend *) malloc(sizeof(Backend));
                               5464              16 :         if (bn)
                               5465                 :         {
 2364 heikki.linnakangas       5466              16 :             bn->cancel_key = MyCancelKey;
 5087 tgl                      5467 ECB             : 
                               5468                 :             /* Autovac workers are not dead_end and need a child slot */
 2364 heikki.linnakangas       5469 CBC          16 :             bn->dead_end = false;
                               5470              16 :             bn->child_slot = MyPMChildSlot = AssignPostmasterChildSlot();
                               5471              16 :             bn->bgworker_notify = false;
 5087 tgl                      5472 ECB             : 
 2364 heikki.linnakangas       5473 GIC          16 :             bn->pid = StartAutoVacWorker();
 2364 heikki.linnakangas       5474 CBC          16 :             if (bn->pid > 0)
 2364 heikki.linnakangas       5475 ECB             :             {
 2364 heikki.linnakangas       5476 CBC          16 :                 bn->bkend_type = BACKEND_TYPE_AUTOVAC;
 2364 heikki.linnakangas       5477 GIC          16 :                 dlist_push_head(&BackendList, &bn->elem);
                               5478                 : #ifdef EXEC_BACKEND
 2364 heikki.linnakangas       5479 ECB             :                 ShmemBackendArrayAdd(bn);
                               5480                 : #endif
                               5481                 :                 /* all OK */
 2364 heikki.linnakangas       5482 GIC          16 :                 return;
                               5483                 :             }
                               5484                 : 
                               5485                 :             /*
 2364 heikki.linnakangas       5486 ECB             :              * fork failed, fall through to report -- actual error message was
                               5487                 :              * logged by StartAutoVacWorker
                               5488                 :              */
 2364 heikki.linnakangas       5489 UIC           0 :             (void) ReleasePostmasterChildSlot(bn->child_slot);
 5722 tgl                      5490               0 :             free(bn);
                               5491                 :         }
                               5492                 :         else
 5722 tgl                      5493 LBC           0 :             ereport(LOG,
                               5494                 :                     (errcode(ERRCODE_OUT_OF_MEMORY),
 5722 tgl                      5495 EUB             :                      errmsg("out of memory")));
                               5496                 :     }
                               5497                 : 
                               5498                 :     /*
                               5499                 :      * Report the failure to the launcher, if it's running.  (If it's not, we
                               5500                 :      * might not even be connected to shared memory, so don't try to call
 4976 alvherre                 5501 ECB             :      * AutoVacWorkerFailed.)  Note that we also need to signal it so that it
                               5502                 :      * responds to the condition, but we don't do that here, instead waiting
 1036 peter                    5503                 :      * for ServerLoop to do it.  This way we avoid a ping-pong signaling in
 4976 alvherre                 5504                 :      * quick succession between the autovac launcher and postmaster in case
                               5505                 :      * things get ugly.
 5722 tgl                      5506                 :      */
 5767 alvherre                 5507 UIC           0 :     if (AutoVacPID != 0)
 5722 tgl                      5508 EUB             :     {
 5722 tgl                      5509 UIC           0 :         AutoVacWorkerFailed();
 4976 alvherre                 5510               0 :         avlauncher_needs_signal = true;
 5722 tgl                      5511 EUB             :     }
                               5512                 : }
                               5513                 : 
 2113 tgl                      5514 ECB             : /*
                               5515                 :  * MaybeStartWalReceiver
                               5516                 :  *      Start the WAL receiver process, if not running and our state allows.
                               5517                 :  *
                               5518                 :  * Note: if WalReceiverPID is already nonzero, it might seem that we should
                               5519                 :  * clear WalReceiverRequested.  However, there's a race condition if the
                               5520                 :  * walreceiver terminates and the startup process immediately requests a new
                               5521                 :  * one: it's quite possible to get the signal for the request before reaping
                               5522                 :  * the dead walreceiver process.  Better to risk launching an extra
                               5523                 :  * walreceiver than to miss launching one we need.  (The walreceiver code
                               5524                 :  * has logic to recognize that it should go away if not needed.)
                               5525                 :  */
                               5526                 : static void
 2113 tgl                      5527 GIC         454 : MaybeStartWalReceiver(void)
                               5528                 : {
                               5529             454 :     if (WalReceiverPID == 0 &&
 2113 tgl                      5530 CBC         212 :         (pmState == PM_STARTUP || pmState == PM_RECOVERY ||
  968 tgl                      5531 GIC         211 :          pmState == PM_HOT_STANDBY) &&
  968 tgl                      5532 CBC         201 :         Shutdown <= SmartShutdown)
 2113 tgl                      5533 ECB             :     {
 2113 tgl                      5534 GIC         201 :         WalReceiverPID = StartWalReceiver();
 1446                          5535             201 :         if (WalReceiverPID != 0)
                               5536             201 :             WalReceiverRequested = false;
                               5537                 :         /* else leave the flag set, so we'll try again later */
                               5538                 :     }
 2113                          5539             454 : }
 2113 tgl                      5540 ECB             : 
                               5541                 : 
 8525 ishii                    5542                 : /*
                               5543                 :  * Create the opts file
                               5544                 :  */
 8309 peter_e                  5545                 : static bool
 6905 bruce                    5546 GBC         593 : CreateOptsFile(int argc, char *argv[], char *fullprogname)
                               5547                 : {
                               5548                 :     FILE       *fp;
                               5549                 :     int         i;
 8528 ishii                    5550 ECB             : 
                               5551                 : #define OPTS_FILE   "postmaster.opts"
                               5552                 : 
 6488 tgl                      5553 CBC         593 :     if ((fp = fopen(OPTS_FILE, "w")) == NULL)
                               5554                 :     {
  856 peter                    5555 UIC           0 :         ereport(LOG,
                               5556                 :                 (errcode_for_file_access(),
  856 peter                    5557 ECB             :                  errmsg("could not create file \"%s\": %m", OPTS_FILE)));
 8309 peter_e                  5558 UBC           0 :         return false;
                               5559                 :     }
 8528 ishii                    5560 ECB             : 
 8309 peter_e                  5561 CBC         593 :     fprintf(fp, "%s", fullprogname);
 8309 peter_e                  5562 GIC        2772 :     for (i = 1; i < argc; i++)
 5400 bruce                    5563            2179 :         fprintf(fp, " \"%s\"", argv[i]);
 8309 peter_e                  5564             593 :     fputs("\n", fp);
                               5565                 : 
 7013 tgl                      5566             593 :     if (fclose(fp))
 8397 bruce                    5567 ECB             :     {
  856 peter                    5568 UIC           0 :         ereport(LOG,
  856 peter                    5569 ECB             :                 (errcode_for_file_access(),
                               5570                 :                  errmsg("could not write file \"%s\": %m", OPTS_FILE)));
 8309 peter_e                  5571 UIC           0 :         return false;
 8528 ishii                    5572 ECB             :     }
 8528 ishii                    5573 EUB             : 
 8309 peter_e                  5574 GIC         593 :     return true;
                               5575                 : }
                               5576                 : 
 7050 bruce                    5577 ECB             : 
                               5578                 : /*
                               5579                 :  * MaxLivePostmasterChildren
 5087 tgl                      5580                 :  *
                               5581                 :  * This reports the number of entries needed in per-child-process arrays
                               5582                 :  * (the PMChildFlags array, and if EXEC_BACKEND the ShmemBackendArray).
                               5583                 :  * These arrays include regular backends, autovac workers, walsenders
 3776 alvherre                 5584                 :  * and background workers, but not special children nor dead_end children.
 3776 alvherre                 5585 EUB             :  * This allows the arrays to have a fixed maximum size, to wit the same
                               5586                 :  * too-many-children limit enforced by canAcceptConnections().  The exact value
 3776 alvherre                 5587 ECB             :  * isn't too critical as long as it's more than MaxBackends.
 5087 tgl                      5588                 :  */
                               5589                 : int
 5087 tgl                      5590 GIC       19196 : MaxLivePostmasterChildren(void)
                               5591                 : {
 3776 alvherre                 5592           38392 :     return 2 * (MaxConnections + autovacuum_max_workers + 1 +
 1517 michael                  5593           19196 :                 max_wal_senders + max_worker_processes);
 5087 tgl                      5594 EUB             : }
                               5595                 : 
 3776 alvherre                 5596                 : /*
                               5597                 :  * Connect background worker to a database.
                               5598                 :  */
                               5599                 : void
 1830 magnus                   5600 CBC         325 : BackgroundWorkerInitializeConnection(const char *dbname, const char *username, uint32 flags)
                               5601                 : {
 3776 alvherre                 5602             325 :     BackgroundWorker *worker = MyBgworkerEntry;
 3776 alvherre                 5603 ECB             : 
                               5604                 :     /* XXX is this the right errcode? */
 3776 alvherre                 5605 GIC         325 :     if (!(worker->bgw_flags & BGWORKER_BACKEND_DATABASE_CONNECTION))
 3776 alvherre                 5606 UIC           0 :         ereport(FATAL,
                               5607                 :                 (errcode(ERRCODE_PROGRAM_LIMIT_EXCEEDED),
                               5608                 :                  errmsg("database connection requirement not indicated during registration")));
                               5609                 : 
  258 tgl                      5610 GIC         325 :     InitPostgres(dbname, InvalidOid,    /* database to connect to */
                               5611                 :                  username, InvalidOid,  /* role to connect as */
                               5612                 :                  false,         /* never honor session_preload_libraries */
                               5613             325 :                  (flags & BGWORKER_BYPASS_ALLOWCONN) != 0,  /* ignore datallowconn? */
                               5614                 :                  NULL);         /* no out_dbname */
                               5615                 : 
                               5616                 :     /* it had better not gotten out of "init" mode yet */
 2988 rhaas                    5617             323 :     if (!IsInitProcessingMode())
 2988 rhaas                    5618 UIC           0 :         ereport(ERROR,
                               5619                 :                 (errmsg("invalid processing mode in background worker")));
 2988 rhaas                    5620 GIC         323 :     SetProcessingMode(NormalProcessing);
                               5621             323 : }
                               5622                 : 
                               5623                 : /*
                               5624                 :  * Connect background worker to a database using OIDs.
                               5625                 :  */
                               5626                 : void
 1830 magnus                   5627            1614 : BackgroundWorkerInitializeConnectionByOid(Oid dboid, Oid useroid, uint32 flags)
                               5628                 : {
 2988 rhaas                    5629            1614 :     BackgroundWorker *worker = MyBgworkerEntry;
                               5630                 : 
                               5631                 :     /* XXX is this the right errcode? */
                               5632            1614 :     if (!(worker->bgw_flags & BGWORKER_BACKEND_DATABASE_CONNECTION))
 2988 rhaas                    5633 UIC           0 :         ereport(FATAL,
                               5634                 :                 (errcode(ERRCODE_PROGRAM_LIMIT_EXCEEDED),
                               5635                 :                  errmsg("database connection requirement not indicated during registration")));
 2988 rhaas                    5636 ECB             : 
  258 tgl                      5637 GIC        1614 :     InitPostgres(NULL, dboid,   /* database to connect to */
                               5638                 :                  NULL, useroid, /* role to connect as */
                               5639                 :                  false,         /* never honor session_preload_libraries */
  258 tgl                      5640 CBC        1614 :                  (flags & BGWORKER_BYPASS_ALLOWCONN) != 0,  /* ignore datallowconn? */
                               5641                 :                  NULL);         /* no out_dbname */
                               5642                 : 
                               5643                 :     /* it had better not gotten out of "init" mode yet */
 3776 alvherre                 5644 GIC        1611 :     if (!IsInitProcessingMode())
 3776 alvherre                 5645 UIC           0 :         ereport(ERROR,
                               5646                 :                 (errmsg("invalid processing mode in background worker")));
 3776 alvherre                 5647 GIC        1611 :     SetProcessingMode(NormalProcessing);
                               5648            1611 : }
                               5649                 : 
                               5650                 : /*
                               5651                 :  * Block/unblock signals in a background worker
 3776 alvherre                 5652 ECB             :  */
                               5653                 : void
 3776 alvherre                 5654 UBC           0 : BackgroundWorkerBlockSignals(void)
 3776 alvherre                 5655 EUB             : {
   65 tmunro                   5656 UNC           0 :     sigprocmask(SIG_SETMASK, &BlockSig, NULL);
 3776 alvherre                 5657 UIC           0 : }
 3776 alvherre                 5658 ECB             : 
                               5659                 : void
 3776 alvherre                 5660 GIC        2012 : BackgroundWorkerUnblockSignals(void)
                               5661                 : {
   65 tmunro                   5662 GNC        2012 :     sigprocmask(SIG_SETMASK, &UnBlockSig, NULL);
 3776 alvherre                 5663 GIC        2012 : }
                               5664                 : 
 3776 alvherre                 5665 ECB             : #ifdef EXEC_BACKEND
                               5666                 : static pid_t
                               5667                 : bgworker_forkexec(int shmem_slot)
 3776 alvherre                 5668 EUB             : {
                               5669                 :     char       *av[10];
                               5670                 :     int         ac = 0;
                               5671                 :     char        forkav[MAXPGPATH];
                               5672                 : 
 3554 rhaas                    5673                 :     snprintf(forkav, MAXPGPATH, "--forkbgworker=%d", shmem_slot);
 3776 alvherre                 5674                 : 
                               5675                 :     av[ac++] = "postgres";
                               5676                 :     av[ac++] = forkav;
                               5677                 :     av[ac++] = NULL;            /* filled in by postmaster_forkexec */
                               5678                 :     av[ac] = NULL;
                               5679                 : 
                               5680                 :     Assert(ac < lengthof(av));
                               5681                 : 
 3776 alvherre                 5682 ECB             :     return postmaster_forkexec(ac, av);
                               5683                 : }
                               5684                 : #endif
                               5685                 : 
                               5686                 : /*
                               5687                 :  * Start a new bgworker.
                               5688                 :  * Starting time conditions must have been checked already.
                               5689                 :  *
                               5690                 :  * Returns true on success, false on failure.
                               5691                 :  * In either case, update the RegisteredBgWorker's state appropriately.
                               5692                 :  *
                               5693                 :  * This code is heavily based on autovacuum.c, q.v.
                               5694                 :  */
 2176 tgl                      5695                 : static bool
 3523 rhaas                    5696 GIC        2153 : do_start_bgworker(RegisteredBgWorker *rw)
                               5697                 : {
 3776 alvherre                 5698 ECB             :     pid_t       worker_pid;
                               5699                 : 
 2176 tgl                      5700 CBC        2153 :     Assert(rw->rw_pid == 0);
                               5701                 : 
 2176 tgl                      5702 ECB             :     /*
                               5703                 :      * Allocate and assign the Backend element.  Note we must do this before
                               5704                 :      * forking, so that we can handle failures (out of memory or child-process
                               5705                 :      * slots) cleanly.
                               5706                 :      *
                               5707                 :      * Treat failure as though the worker had crashed.  That way, the
                               5708                 :      * postmaster will wait a bit before attempting to start it again; if we
 1280                          5709                 :      * tried again right away, most likely we'd find ourselves hitting the
                               5710                 :      * same resource-exhaustion condition.
 2176                          5711                 :      */
 2176 tgl                      5712 GIC        2153 :     if (!assign_backendlist_entry(rw))
 2176 tgl                      5713 ECB             :     {
 2176 tgl                      5714 UIC           0 :         rw->rw_crashed_at = GetCurrentTimestamp();
                               5715               0 :         return false;
                               5716                 :     }
 2176 tgl                      5717 ECB             : 
 2844 rhaas                    5718 GIC        2153 :     ereport(DEBUG1,
                               5719                 :             (errmsg_internal("starting background worker process \"%s\"",
  697 tgl                      5720 EUB             :                              rw->rw_worker.bgw_name)));
                               5721                 : 
                               5722                 : #ifdef EXEC_BACKEND
                               5723                 :     switch ((worker_pid = bgworker_forkexec(rw->rw_shmem_slot)))
                               5724                 : #else
 3776 alvherre                 5725 GIC        2153 :     switch ((worker_pid = fork_process()))
                               5726                 : #endif
                               5727                 :     {
 3776 alvherre                 5728 LBC           0 :         case -1:
                               5729                 :             /* in postmaster, fork failed ... */
                               5730               0 :             ereport(LOG,
                               5731                 :                     (errmsg("could not fork worker process: %m")));
 2176 tgl                      5732 EUB             :             /* undo what assign_backendlist_entry did */
 2176 tgl                      5733 UIC           0 :             ReleasePostmasterChildSlot(rw->rw_child_slot);
                               5734               0 :             rw->rw_child_slot = 0;
                               5735               0 :             free(rw->rw_backend);
                               5736               0 :             rw->rw_backend = NULL;
                               5737                 :             /* mark entry as crashed, so we'll try again later */
 2176 tgl                      5738 UBC           0 :             rw->rw_crashed_at = GetCurrentTimestamp();
 2176 tgl                      5739 UIC           0 :             break;
 3776 alvherre                 5740 ECB             : 
                               5741                 : #ifndef EXEC_BACKEND
 3776 alvherre                 5742 CBC        1948 :         case 0:
                               5743                 :             /* in postmaster child ... */
 3008 andres                   5744 GIC        1948 :             InitPostmasterChild();
                               5745                 : 
 3776 alvherre                 5746 ECB             :             /* Close the postmaster's sockets */
 3776 alvherre                 5747 CBC        1948 :             ClosePostmasterPorts(false);
                               5748                 : 
                               5749                 :             /*
                               5750                 :              * Before blowing away PostmasterContext, save this bgworker's
                               5751                 :              * data where it can find it.
                               5752                 :              */
 2440 tgl                      5753            1948 :             MyBgworkerEntry = (BackgroundWorker *)
 2440 tgl                      5754 GBC        1948 :                 MemoryContextAlloc(TopMemoryContext, sizeof(BackgroundWorker));
 2440 tgl                      5755 GIC        1948 :             memcpy(MyBgworkerEntry, &rw->rw_worker, sizeof(BackgroundWorker));
                               5756                 : 
                               5757                 :             /* Release postmaster's working memory context */
 2440 tgl                      5758 CBC        1948 :             MemoryContextSwitchTo(TopMemoryContext);
 2440 tgl                      5759 GIC        1948 :             MemoryContextDelete(PostmasterContext);
                               5760            1948 :             PostmasterContext = NULL;
                               5761                 : 
 3523 rhaas                    5762            1948 :             StartBackgroundWorker();
                               5763                 : 
                               5764                 :             exit(1);            /* should not get here */
                               5765                 :             break;
                               5766                 : #endif
 3776 alvherre                 5767            2153 :         default:
                               5768                 :             /* in postmaster, fork successful ... */
                               5769            2153 :             rw->rw_pid = worker_pid;
 2777 rhaas                    5770 CBC        2153 :             rw->rw_backend->pid = rw->rw_pid;
 3511 rhaas                    5771 GIC        2153 :             ReportBackgroundWorkerPID(rw);
                               5772                 :             /* add new worker to lists of backends */
 2176 tgl                      5773            2153 :             dlist_push_head(&BackendList, &rw->rw_backend->elem);
                               5774                 : #ifdef EXEC_BACKEND
                               5775                 :             ShmemBackendArrayAdd(rw->rw_backend);
                               5776                 : #endif
                               5777            2153 :             return true;
                               5778                 :     }
 2176 tgl                      5779 ECB             : 
 2176 tgl                      5780 UIC           0 :     return false;
 3776 alvherre                 5781 EUB             : }
                               5782                 : 
                               5783                 : /*
                               5784                 :  * Does the current postmaster state require starting a worker with the
                               5785                 :  * specified start_time?
                               5786                 :  */
                               5787                 : static bool
 3776 alvherre                 5788 GIC        2864 : bgworker_should_start_now(BgWorkerStartTime start_time)
                               5789                 : {
                               5790            2864 :     switch (pmState)
                               5791                 :     {
 3776 alvherre                 5792 UIC           0 :         case PM_NO_CHILDREN:
 3776 alvherre                 5793 ECB             :         case PM_WAIT_DEAD_END:
                               5794                 :         case PM_SHUTDOWN_2:
 3776 alvherre                 5795 EUB             :         case PM_SHUTDOWN:
                               5796                 :         case PM_WAIT_BACKENDS:
                               5797                 :         case PM_STOP_BACKENDS:
 3776 alvherre                 5798 UBC           0 :             break;
                               5799                 : 
 3776 alvherre                 5800 GIC        2153 :         case PM_RUN:
 3776 alvherre                 5801 CBC        2153 :             if (start_time == BgWorkerStart_RecoveryFinished)
                               5802             845 :                 return true;
                               5803                 :             /* fall through */
 3776 alvherre                 5804 EUB             : 
                               5805                 :         case PM_HOT_STANDBY:
 3776 alvherre                 5806 GIC        1422 :             if (start_time == BgWorkerStart_ConsistentState)
 3776 alvherre                 5807 GBC        1308 :                 return true;
                               5808                 :             /* fall through */
                               5809                 : 
 3776 alvherre                 5810 ECB             :         case PM_RECOVERY:
                               5811                 :         case PM_STARTUP:
                               5812                 :         case PM_INIT:
 3776 alvherre                 5813 CBC         711 :             if (start_time == BgWorkerStart_PostmasterStart)
 3776 alvherre                 5814 LBC           0 :                 return true;
                               5815                 :             /* fall through */
 3776 alvherre                 5816 ECB             :     }
                               5817                 : 
 3776 alvherre                 5818 GIC         711 :     return false;
 3776 alvherre                 5819 ECB             : }
                               5820                 : 
                               5821                 : /*
                               5822                 :  * Allocate the Backend struct for a connected background worker, but don't
                               5823                 :  * add it to the list of backends just yet.
                               5824                 :  *
                               5825                 :  * On failure, return false without changing any worker state.
                               5826                 :  *
                               5827                 :  * Some info from the Backend is copied into the passed rw.
                               5828                 :  */
                               5829                 : static bool
 3776 alvherre                 5830 GIC        2153 : assign_backendlist_entry(RegisteredBgWorker *rw)
                               5831                 : {
                               5832                 :     Backend    *bn;
                               5833                 : 
 1280 tgl                      5834 ECB             :     /*
                               5835                 :      * Check that database state allows another connection.  Currently the
                               5836                 :      * only possible failure is CAC_TOOMANY, so we just log an error message
                               5837                 :      * based on that rather than checking the error code precisely.
                               5838                 :      */
 1280 tgl                      5839 GIC        2153 :     if (canAcceptConnections(BACKEND_TYPE_BGWORKER) != CAC_OK)
                               5840                 :     {
 1280 tgl                      5841 UIC           0 :         ereport(LOG,
                               5842                 :                 (errcode(ERRCODE_CONFIGURATION_LIMIT_EXCEEDED),
                               5843                 :                  errmsg("no slot available for new worker process")));
                               5844               0 :         return false;
 1280 tgl                      5845 ECB             :     }
                               5846                 : 
 2316 heikki.linnakangas       5847                 :     /*
                               5848                 :      * Compute the cancel key that will be assigned to this session. We
                               5849                 :      * probably don't need cancel keys for background workers, but we'd better
                               5850                 :      * have something random in the field to prevent unfriendly people from
                               5851                 :      * sending cancels to them.
                               5852                 :      */
 2316 heikki.linnakangas       5853 CBC        2153 :     if (!RandomCancelKey(&MyCancelKey))
 2316 heikki.linnakangas       5854 ECB             :     {
 2316 heikki.linnakangas       5855 UIC           0 :         ereport(LOG,
 2316 heikki.linnakangas       5856 ECB             :                 (errcode(ERRCODE_INTERNAL_ERROR),
                               5857                 :                  errmsg("could not generate random cancel key")));
 2316 heikki.linnakangas       5858 UIC           0 :         return false;
                               5859                 :     }
 2316 heikki.linnakangas       5860 ECB             : 
 2316 heikki.linnakangas       5861 GIC        2153 :     bn = malloc(sizeof(Backend));
 3776 alvherre                 5862            2153 :     if (bn == NULL)
 3776 alvherre                 5863 ECB             :     {
 3776 alvherre                 5864 LBC           0 :         ereport(LOG,
                               5865                 :                 (errcode(ERRCODE_OUT_OF_MEMORY),
                               5866                 :                  errmsg("out of memory")));
                               5867               0 :         return false;
                               5868                 :     }
 3776 alvherre                 5869 EUB             : 
 3776 alvherre                 5870 GBC        2153 :     bn->cancel_key = MyCancelKey;
 3776 alvherre                 5871 GIC        2153 :     bn->child_slot = MyPMChildSlot = AssignPostmasterChildSlot();
                               5872            2153 :     bn->bkend_type = BACKEND_TYPE_BGWORKER;
                               5873            2153 :     bn->dead_end = false;
 3511 rhaas                    5874            2153 :     bn->bgworker_notify = false;
                               5875                 : 
 3776 alvherre                 5876            2153 :     rw->rw_backend = bn;
                               5877            2153 :     rw->rw_child_slot = bn->child_slot;
                               5878                 : 
                               5879            2153 :     return true;
 3776 alvherre                 5880 ECB             : }
                               5881                 : 
                               5882                 : /*
 2174 tgl                      5883                 :  * If the time is right, start background worker(s).
                               5884                 :  *
                               5885                 :  * As a side effect, the bgworker control variables are set or reset
                               5886                 :  * depending on whether more workers may need to be started.
                               5887                 :  *
                               5888                 :  * We limit the number of workers started per call, to avoid consuming the
                               5889                 :  * postmaster's attention for too long when many such requests are pending.
                               5890                 :  * As long as StartWorkerNeeded is true, ServerLoop will not block and will
 2176                          5891                 :  * call this function again after dealing with any other issues.
 3776 alvherre                 5892                 :  */
                               5893                 : static void
 2174 tgl                      5894 CBC        5063 : maybe_start_bgworkers(void)
                               5895                 : {
                               5896                 : #define MAX_BGWORKERS_TO_LAUNCH 100
 2174 tgl                      5897 GIC        5063 :     int         num_launched = 0;
 3776 alvherre                 5898 CBC        5063 :     TimestampTz now = 0;
 2174 tgl                      5899 ECB             :     slist_mutable_iter iter;
                               5900                 : 
 2176                          5901                 :     /*
                               5902                 :      * During crash recovery, we have no need to be called until the state
                               5903                 :      * transition out of recovery.
                               5904                 :      */
 3776 alvherre                 5905 CBC        5063 :     if (FatalError)
 3776 alvherre                 5906 ECB             :     {
 3776 alvherre                 5907 GIC           4 :         StartWorkerNeeded = false;
                               5908               4 :         HaveCrashedWorker = false;
 2176 tgl                      5909               4 :         return;
 3776 alvherre                 5910 ECB             :     }
                               5911                 : 
                               5912                 :     /* Don't need to be called again unless we find a reason for it below */
 2176 tgl                      5913 CBC        5059 :     StartWorkerNeeded = false;
 3776 alvherre                 5914 GIC        5059 :     HaveCrashedWorker = false;
                               5915                 : 
 3554 rhaas                    5916           14440 :     slist_foreach_modify(iter, &BackgroundWorkerList)
                               5917                 :     {
                               5918                 :         RegisteredBgWorker *rw;
                               5919                 : 
 3776 alvherre                 5920            9381 :         rw = slist_container(RegisteredBgWorker, rw_lnode, iter.cur);
                               5921                 : 
                               5922                 :         /* ignore if already running */
                               5923            9381 :         if (rw->rw_pid != 0)
                               5924            5230 :             continue;
                               5925                 : 
 2176 tgl                      5926 ECB             :         /* if marked for death, clean up and remove from list */
 3460 rhaas                    5927 GIC        4151 :         if (rw->rw_terminate)
 3460 rhaas                    5928 EUB             :         {
 3460 rhaas                    5929 UBC           0 :             ForgetBackgroundWorker(&iter);
 3460 rhaas                    5930 UIC           0 :             continue;
                               5931                 :         }
                               5932                 : 
                               5933                 :         /*
                               5934                 :          * If this worker has crashed previously, maybe it needs to be
                               5935                 :          * restarted (unless on registration it specified it doesn't want to
                               5936                 :          * be restarted at all).  Check how long ago did a crash last happen.
                               5937                 :          * If the last crash is too recent, don't start it right away; let it
 3776 alvherre                 5938 ECB             :          * be restarted once enough time has passed.
                               5939                 :          */
 3776 alvherre                 5940 GBC        4151 :         if (rw->rw_crashed_at != 0)
 3776 alvherre                 5941 EUB             :         {
 3776 alvherre                 5942 GIC        1287 :             if (rw->rw_worker.bgw_restart_time == BGW_NEVER_RESTART)
 3554 rhaas                    5943               6 :             {
                               5944                 :                 int         notify_pid;
                               5945                 : 
 1950                          5946               6 :                 notify_pid = rw->rw_worker.bgw_notify_pid;
                               5947                 : 
 3546 tgl                      5948               6 :                 ForgetBackgroundWorker(&iter);
                               5949                 : 
                               5950                 :                 /* Report worker is gone now. */
 1950 rhaas                    5951               6 :                 if (notify_pid != 0)
                               5952               6 :                     kill(notify_pid, SIGUSR1);
 1950 rhaas                    5953 ECB             : 
 3776 alvherre                 5954 GIC           6 :                 continue;
                               5955                 :             }
                               5956                 : 
                               5957                 :             /* read system time only when needed */
 3776 alvherre                 5958 CBC        1281 :             if (now == 0)
 3776 alvherre                 5959 GIC        1281 :                 now = GetCurrentTimestamp();
 3776 alvherre                 5960 ECB             : 
 3776 alvherre                 5961 CBC        1281 :             if (!TimestampDifferenceExceeds(rw->rw_crashed_at, now,
 2118 tgl                      5962 GIC        1281 :                                             rw->rw_worker.bgw_restart_time * 1000))
 3776 alvherre                 5963 ECB             :             {
 2176 tgl                      5964                 :                 /* Set flag to remember that we have workers to start later */
 3776 alvherre                 5965 GIC        1281 :                 HaveCrashedWorker = true;
                               5966            1281 :                 continue;
 3776 alvherre                 5967 EUB             :             }
                               5968                 :         }
                               5969                 : 
 3776 alvherre                 5970 GIC        2864 :         if (bgworker_should_start_now(rw->rw_worker.bgw_start_time))
                               5971                 :         {
                               5972                 :             /* reset crash time before trying to start worker */
                               5973            2153 :             rw->rw_crashed_at = 0;
                               5974                 : 
                               5975                 :             /*
                               5976                 :              * Try to start the worker.
                               5977                 :              *
                               5978                 :              * On failure, give up processing workers for now, but set
                               5979                 :              * StartWorkerNeeded so we'll come back here on the next iteration
                               5980                 :              * of ServerLoop to try again.  (We don't want to wait, because
                               5981                 :              * there might be additional ready-to-run workers.)  We could set
                               5982                 :              * HaveCrashedWorker as well, since this worker is now marked
                               5983                 :              * crashed, but there's no need because the next run of this
                               5984                 :              * function will do that.
                               5985                 :              */
 2176 tgl                      5986            2153 :             if (!do_start_bgworker(rw))
                               5987                 :             {
 2176 tgl                      5988 UIC           0 :                 StartWorkerNeeded = true;
 2777 rhaas                    5989               0 :                 return;
                               5990                 :             }
                               5991                 : 
                               5992                 :             /*
                               5993                 :              * If we've launched as many workers as allowed, quit, but have
                               5994                 :              * ServerLoop call us again to look for additional ready-to-run
                               5995                 :              * workers.  There might not be any, but we'll find out the next
                               5996                 :              * time we run.
                               5997                 :              */
 2174 tgl                      5998 GIC        2153 :             if (++num_launched >= MAX_BGWORKERS_TO_LAUNCH)
                               5999                 :             {
 2174 tgl                      6000 UIC           0 :                 StartWorkerNeeded = true;
                               6001               0 :                 return;
                               6002                 :             }
                               6003                 :         }
                               6004                 :     }
                               6005                 : }
                               6006                 : 
                               6007                 : /*
                               6008                 :  * When a backend asks to be notified about worker state changes, we
                               6009                 :  * set a flag in its backend entry.  The background worker machinery needs
                               6010                 :  * to know when such backends exit.
                               6011                 :  */
                               6012                 : bool
 3511 rhaas                    6013 GIC        1631 : PostmasterMarkPIDForWorkerNotify(int pid)
                               6014                 : {
                               6015                 :     dlist_iter  iter;
                               6016                 :     Backend    *bp;
                               6017                 : 
                               6018            3838 :     dlist_foreach(iter, &BackendList)
                               6019                 :     {
                               6020            3838 :         bp = dlist_container(Backend, elem, iter.cur);
                               6021            3838 :         if (bp->pid == pid)
                               6022                 :         {
                               6023            1631 :             bp->bgworker_notify = true;
                               6024            1631 :             return true;
                               6025                 :         }
                               6026                 :     }
 3511 rhaas                    6027 UIC           0 :     return false;
                               6028                 : }
                               6029                 : 
                               6030                 : #ifdef EXEC_BACKEND
                               6031                 : 
                               6032                 : /*
                               6033                 :  * The following need to be available to the save/restore_backend_variables
                               6034                 :  * functions.  They are marked NON_EXEC_STATIC in their home modules.
                               6035                 :  */
                               6036                 : extern slock_t *ShmemLock;
                               6037                 : extern slock_t *ProcStructLock;
                               6038                 : extern PGPROC *AuxiliaryProcs;
                               6039                 : extern PMSignalData *PMSignalState;
                               6040                 : extern pg_time_t first_syslogger_file_time;
                               6041                 : 
                               6042                 : #ifndef WIN32
                               6043                 : #define write_inheritable_socket(dest, src, childpid) ((*(dest) = (src)), true)
                               6044                 : #define read_inheritable_socket(dest, src) (*(dest) = *(src))
                               6045                 : #else
                               6046                 : static bool write_duplicated_handle(HANDLE *dest, HANDLE src, HANDLE child);
                               6047                 : static bool write_inheritable_socket(InheritableSocket *dest, SOCKET src,
                               6048                 :                                      pid_t childPid);
                               6049                 : static void read_inheritable_socket(SOCKET *dest, InheritableSocket *src);
                               6050                 : #endif
                               6051                 : 
                               6052                 : 
                               6053                 : /* Save critical backend variables into the BackendParameters struct */
                               6054                 : #ifndef WIN32
                               6055                 : static bool
                               6056                 : save_backend_variables(BackendParameters *param, Port *port)
                               6057                 : #else
                               6058                 : static bool
                               6059                 : save_backend_variables(BackendParameters *param, Port *port,
                               6060                 :                        HANDLE childProcess, pid_t childPid)
                               6061                 : #endif
                               6062                 : {
                               6063                 :     memcpy(&param->port, port, sizeof(Port));
                               6064                 :     if (!write_inheritable_socket(&param->portsocket, port->sock, childPid))
                               6065                 :         return false;
                               6066                 : 
                               6067                 :     strlcpy(param->DataDir, DataDir, MAXPGPATH);
                               6068                 : 
                               6069                 :     memcpy(&param->ListenSocket, &ListenSocket, sizeof(ListenSocket));
                               6070                 : 
                               6071                 :     param->MyCancelKey = MyCancelKey;
                               6072                 :     param->MyPMChildSlot = MyPMChildSlot;
                               6073                 : 
                               6074                 : #ifdef WIN32
                               6075                 :     param->ShmemProtectiveRegion = ShmemProtectiveRegion;
                               6076                 : #endif
                               6077                 :     param->UsedShmemSegID = UsedShmemSegID;
                               6078                 :     param->UsedShmemSegAddr = UsedShmemSegAddr;
                               6079                 : 
                               6080                 :     param->ShmemLock = ShmemLock;
                               6081                 :     param->ShmemVariableCache = ShmemVariableCache;
                               6082                 :     param->ShmemBackendArray = ShmemBackendArray;
                               6083                 : 
                               6084                 : #ifndef HAVE_SPINLOCKS
                               6085                 :     param->SpinlockSemaArray = SpinlockSemaArray;
                               6086                 : #endif
                               6087                 :     param->NamedLWLockTrancheRequests = NamedLWLockTrancheRequests;
                               6088                 :     param->NamedLWLockTrancheArray = NamedLWLockTrancheArray;
                               6089                 :     param->MainLWLockArray = MainLWLockArray;
                               6090                 :     param->ProcStructLock = ProcStructLock;
                               6091                 :     param->ProcGlobal = ProcGlobal;
                               6092                 :     param->AuxiliaryProcs = AuxiliaryProcs;
                               6093                 :     param->PreparedXactProcs = PreparedXactProcs;
                               6094                 :     param->PMSignalState = PMSignalState;
                               6095                 : 
                               6096                 :     param->PostmasterPid = PostmasterPid;
                               6097                 :     param->PgStartTime = PgStartTime;
                               6098                 :     param->PgReloadTime = PgReloadTime;
                               6099                 :     param->first_syslogger_file_time = first_syslogger_file_time;
                               6100                 : 
                               6101                 :     param->redirection_done = redirection_done;
                               6102                 :     param->IsBinaryUpgrade = IsBinaryUpgrade;
                               6103                 :     param->query_id_enabled = query_id_enabled;
                               6104                 :     param->max_safe_fds = max_safe_fds;
                               6105                 : 
                               6106                 :     param->MaxBackends = MaxBackends;
                               6107                 : 
                               6108                 : #ifdef WIN32
                               6109                 :     param->PostmasterHandle = PostmasterHandle;
                               6110                 :     if (!write_duplicated_handle(&param->initial_signal_pipe,
                               6111                 :                                  pgwin32_create_signal_listener(childPid),
                               6112                 :                                  childProcess))
                               6113                 :         return false;
                               6114                 : #else
                               6115                 :     memcpy(&param->postmaster_alive_fds, &postmaster_alive_fds,
                               6116                 :            sizeof(postmaster_alive_fds));
                               6117                 : #endif
                               6118                 : 
                               6119                 :     memcpy(&param->syslogPipe, &syslogPipe, sizeof(syslogPipe));
                               6120                 : 
                               6121                 :     strlcpy(param->my_exec_path, my_exec_path, MAXPGPATH);
                               6122                 : 
                               6123                 :     strlcpy(param->pkglib_path, pkglib_path, MAXPGPATH);
                               6124                 : 
                               6125                 :     return true;
                               6126                 : }
                               6127                 : 
                               6128                 : 
                               6129                 : #ifdef WIN32
                               6130                 : /*
                               6131                 :  * Duplicate a handle for usage in a child process, and write the child
                               6132                 :  * process instance of the handle to the parameter file.
                               6133                 :  */
                               6134                 : static bool
                               6135                 : write_duplicated_handle(HANDLE *dest, HANDLE src, HANDLE childProcess)
                               6136                 : {
                               6137                 :     HANDLE      hChild = INVALID_HANDLE_VALUE;
                               6138                 : 
                               6139                 :     if (!DuplicateHandle(GetCurrentProcess(),
                               6140                 :                          src,
                               6141                 :                          childProcess,
                               6142                 :                          &hChild,
                               6143                 :                          0,
                               6144                 :                          TRUE,
                               6145                 :                          DUPLICATE_CLOSE_SOURCE | DUPLICATE_SAME_ACCESS))
                               6146                 :     {
                               6147                 :         ereport(LOG,
                               6148                 :                 (errmsg_internal("could not duplicate handle to be written to backend parameter file: error code %lu",
                               6149                 :                                  GetLastError())));
                               6150                 :         return false;
                               6151                 :     }
                               6152                 : 
                               6153                 :     *dest = hChild;
                               6154                 :     return true;
                               6155                 : }
                               6156                 : 
                               6157                 : /*
                               6158                 :  * Duplicate a socket for usage in a child process, and write the resulting
                               6159                 :  * structure to the parameter file.
                               6160                 :  * This is required because a number of LSPs (Layered Service Providers) very
                               6161                 :  * common on Windows (antivirus, firewalls, download managers etc) break
                               6162                 :  * straight socket inheritance.
                               6163                 :  */
                               6164                 : static bool
                               6165                 : write_inheritable_socket(InheritableSocket *dest, SOCKET src, pid_t childpid)
                               6166                 : {
                               6167                 :     dest->origsocket = src;
                               6168                 :     if (src != 0 && src != PGINVALID_SOCKET)
                               6169                 :     {
                               6170                 :         /* Actual socket */
                               6171                 :         if (WSADuplicateSocket(src, childpid, &dest->wsainfo) != 0)
                               6172                 :         {
                               6173                 :             ereport(LOG,
                               6174                 :                     (errmsg("could not duplicate socket %d for use in backend: error code %d",
                               6175                 :                             (int) src, WSAGetLastError())));
                               6176                 :             return false;
                               6177                 :         }
                               6178                 :     }
                               6179                 :     return true;
                               6180                 : }
                               6181                 : 
                               6182                 : /*
                               6183                 :  * Read a duplicate socket structure back, and get the socket descriptor.
                               6184                 :  */
                               6185                 : static void
                               6186                 : read_inheritable_socket(SOCKET *dest, InheritableSocket *src)
                               6187                 : {
                               6188                 :     SOCKET      s;
                               6189                 : 
                               6190                 :     if (src->origsocket == PGINVALID_SOCKET || src->origsocket == 0)
                               6191                 :     {
                               6192                 :         /* Not a real socket! */
                               6193                 :         *dest = src->origsocket;
                               6194                 :     }
                               6195                 :     else
                               6196                 :     {
                               6197                 :         /* Actual socket, so create from structure */
                               6198                 :         s = WSASocket(FROM_PROTOCOL_INFO,
                               6199                 :                       FROM_PROTOCOL_INFO,
                               6200                 :                       FROM_PROTOCOL_INFO,
                               6201                 :                       &src->wsainfo,
                               6202                 :                       0,
                               6203                 :                       0);
                               6204                 :         if (s == INVALID_SOCKET)
                               6205                 :         {
                               6206                 :             write_stderr("could not create inherited socket: error code %d\n",
                               6207                 :                          WSAGetLastError());
                               6208                 :             exit(1);
                               6209                 :         }
                               6210                 :         *dest = s;
                               6211                 : 
                               6212                 :         /*
                               6213                 :          * To make sure we don't get two references to the same socket, close
                               6214                 :          * the original one. (This would happen when inheritance actually
                               6215                 :          * works..
                               6216                 :          */
                               6217                 :         closesocket(src->origsocket);
                               6218                 :     }
                               6219                 : }
                               6220                 : #endif
                               6221                 : 
                               6222                 : static void
                               6223                 : read_backend_variables(char *id, Port *port)
                               6224                 : {
                               6225                 :     BackendParameters param;
                               6226                 : 
                               6227                 : #ifndef WIN32
                               6228                 :     /* Non-win32 implementation reads from file */
                               6229                 :     FILE       *fp;
                               6230                 : 
                               6231                 :     /* Open file */
                               6232                 :     fp = AllocateFile(id, PG_BINARY_R);
                               6233                 :     if (!fp)
                               6234                 :     {
                               6235                 :         write_stderr("could not open backend variables file \"%s\": %s\n",
                               6236                 :                      id, strerror(errno));
                               6237                 :         exit(1);
                               6238                 :     }
                               6239                 : 
                               6240                 :     if (fread(&param, sizeof(param), 1, fp) != 1)
                               6241                 :     {
                               6242                 :         write_stderr("could not read from backend variables file \"%s\": %s\n",
                               6243                 :                      id, strerror(errno));
                               6244                 :         exit(1);
                               6245                 :     }
                               6246                 : 
                               6247                 :     /* Release file */
                               6248                 :     FreeFile(fp);
                               6249                 :     if (unlink(id) != 0)
                               6250                 :     {
                               6251                 :         write_stderr("could not remove file \"%s\": %s\n",
                               6252                 :                      id, strerror(errno));
                               6253                 :         exit(1);
                               6254                 :     }
                               6255                 : #else
                               6256                 :     /* Win32 version uses mapped file */
                               6257                 :     HANDLE      paramHandle;
                               6258                 :     BackendParameters *paramp;
                               6259                 : 
                               6260                 : #ifdef _WIN64
                               6261                 :     paramHandle = (HANDLE) _atoi64(id);
                               6262                 : #else
                               6263                 :     paramHandle = (HANDLE) atol(id);
                               6264                 : #endif
                               6265                 :     paramp = MapViewOfFile(paramHandle, FILE_MAP_READ, 0, 0, 0);
                               6266                 :     if (!paramp)
                               6267                 :     {
                               6268                 :         write_stderr("could not map view of backend variables: error code %lu\n",
                               6269                 :                      GetLastError());
                               6270                 :         exit(1);
                               6271                 :     }
                               6272                 : 
                               6273                 :     memcpy(&param, paramp, sizeof(BackendParameters));
                               6274                 : 
                               6275                 :     if (!UnmapViewOfFile(paramp))
                               6276                 :     {
                               6277                 :         write_stderr("could not unmap view of backend variables: error code %lu\n",
                               6278                 :                      GetLastError());
                               6279                 :         exit(1);
                               6280                 :     }
                               6281                 : 
                               6282                 :     if (!CloseHandle(paramHandle))
                               6283                 :     {
                               6284                 :         write_stderr("could not close handle to backend parameter variables: error code %lu\n",
                               6285                 :                      GetLastError());
                               6286                 :         exit(1);
                               6287                 :     }
                               6288                 : #endif
                               6289                 : 
                               6290                 :     restore_backend_variables(&param, port);
                               6291                 : }
                               6292                 : 
                               6293                 : /* Restore critical backend variables from the BackendParameters struct */
                               6294                 : static void
                               6295                 : restore_backend_variables(BackendParameters *param, Port *port)
                               6296                 : {
                               6297                 :     memcpy(port, &param->port, sizeof(Port));
                               6298                 :     read_inheritable_socket(&port->sock, &param->portsocket);
                               6299                 : 
                               6300                 :     SetDataDir(param->DataDir);
                               6301                 : 
                               6302                 :     memcpy(&ListenSocket, &param->ListenSocket, sizeof(ListenSocket));
                               6303                 : 
                               6304                 :     MyCancelKey = param->MyCancelKey;
                               6305                 :     MyPMChildSlot = param->MyPMChildSlot;
                               6306                 : 
                               6307                 : #ifdef WIN32
                               6308                 :     ShmemProtectiveRegion = param->ShmemProtectiveRegion;
                               6309                 : #endif
                               6310                 :     UsedShmemSegID = param->UsedShmemSegID;
                               6311                 :     UsedShmemSegAddr = param->UsedShmemSegAddr;
                               6312                 : 
                               6313                 :     ShmemLock = param->ShmemLock;
                               6314                 :     ShmemVariableCache = param->ShmemVariableCache;
                               6315                 :     ShmemBackendArray = param->ShmemBackendArray;
                               6316                 : 
                               6317                 : #ifndef HAVE_SPINLOCKS
                               6318                 :     SpinlockSemaArray = param->SpinlockSemaArray;
                               6319                 : #endif
                               6320                 :     NamedLWLockTrancheRequests = param->NamedLWLockTrancheRequests;
                               6321                 :     NamedLWLockTrancheArray = param->NamedLWLockTrancheArray;
                               6322                 :     MainLWLockArray = param->MainLWLockArray;
                               6323                 :     ProcStructLock = param->ProcStructLock;
                               6324                 :     ProcGlobal = param->ProcGlobal;
                               6325                 :     AuxiliaryProcs = param->AuxiliaryProcs;
                               6326                 :     PreparedXactProcs = param->PreparedXactProcs;
                               6327                 :     PMSignalState = param->PMSignalState;
                               6328                 : 
                               6329                 :     PostmasterPid = param->PostmasterPid;
                               6330                 :     PgStartTime = param->PgStartTime;
                               6331                 :     PgReloadTime = param->PgReloadTime;
                               6332                 :     first_syslogger_file_time = param->first_syslogger_file_time;
                               6333                 : 
                               6334                 :     redirection_done = param->redirection_done;
                               6335                 :     IsBinaryUpgrade = param->IsBinaryUpgrade;
                               6336                 :     query_id_enabled = param->query_id_enabled;
                               6337                 :     max_safe_fds = param->max_safe_fds;
                               6338                 : 
                               6339                 :     MaxBackends = param->MaxBackends;
                               6340                 : 
                               6341                 : #ifdef WIN32
                               6342                 :     PostmasterHandle = param->PostmasterHandle;
                               6343                 :     pgwin32_initial_signal_pipe = param->initial_signal_pipe;
                               6344                 : #else
                               6345                 :     memcpy(&postmaster_alive_fds, &param->postmaster_alive_fds,
                               6346                 :            sizeof(postmaster_alive_fds));
                               6347                 : #endif
                               6348                 : 
                               6349                 :     memcpy(&syslogPipe, &param->syslogPipe, sizeof(syslogPipe));
                               6350                 : 
                               6351                 :     strlcpy(my_exec_path, param->my_exec_path, MAXPGPATH);
                               6352                 : 
                               6353                 :     strlcpy(pkglib_path, param->pkglib_path, MAXPGPATH);
                               6354                 : 
                               6355                 :     /*
                               6356                 :      * We need to restore fd.c's counts of externally-opened FDs; to avoid
                               6357                 :      * confusion, be sure to do this after restoring max_safe_fds.  (Note:
                               6358                 :      * BackendInitialize will handle this for port->sock.)
                               6359                 :      */
                               6360                 : #ifndef WIN32
                               6361                 :     if (postmaster_alive_fds[0] >= 0)
                               6362                 :         ReserveExternalFD();
                               6363                 :     if (postmaster_alive_fds[1] >= 0)
                               6364                 :         ReserveExternalFD();
                               6365                 : #endif
                               6366                 : }
                               6367                 : 
                               6368                 : 
                               6369                 : Size
                               6370                 : ShmemBackendArraySize(void)
                               6371                 : {
                               6372                 :     return mul_size(MaxLivePostmasterChildren(), sizeof(Backend));
                               6373                 : }
                               6374                 : 
                               6375                 : void
                               6376                 : ShmemBackendArrayAllocation(void)
                               6377                 : {
                               6378                 :     Size        size = ShmemBackendArraySize();
                               6379                 : 
                               6380                 :     ShmemBackendArray = (Backend *) ShmemAlloc(size);
                               6381                 :     /* Mark all slots as empty */
                               6382                 :     memset(ShmemBackendArray, 0, size);
                               6383                 : }
                               6384                 : 
                               6385                 : static void
                               6386                 : ShmemBackendArrayAdd(Backend *bn)
                               6387                 : {
                               6388                 :     /* The array slot corresponding to my PMChildSlot should be free */
                               6389                 :     int         i = bn->child_slot - 1;
                               6390                 : 
                               6391                 :     Assert(ShmemBackendArray[i].pid == 0);
                               6392                 :     ShmemBackendArray[i] = *bn;
                               6393                 : }
                               6394                 : 
                               6395                 : static void
                               6396                 : ShmemBackendArrayRemove(Backend *bn)
                               6397                 : {
                               6398                 :     int         i = bn->child_slot - 1;
                               6399                 : 
                               6400                 :     Assert(ShmemBackendArray[i].pid == bn->pid);
                               6401                 :     /* Mark the slot as empty */
                               6402                 :     ShmemBackendArray[i].pid = 0;
                               6403                 : }
                               6404                 : #endif                          /* EXEC_BACKEND */
                               6405                 : 
                               6406                 : 
                               6407                 : #ifdef WIN32
                               6408                 : 
                               6409                 : /*
                               6410                 :  * Subset implementation of waitpid() for Windows.  We assume pid is -1
                               6411                 :  * (that is, check all child processes) and options is WNOHANG (don't wait).
                               6412                 :  */
                               6413                 : static pid_t
                               6414                 : waitpid(pid_t pid, int *exitstatus, int options)
                               6415                 : {
                               6416                 :     win32_deadchild_waitinfo *childinfo;
                               6417                 :     DWORD       exitcode;
                               6418                 :     DWORD       dwd;
                               6419                 :     ULONG_PTR   key;
                               6420                 :     OVERLAPPED *ovl;
                               6421                 : 
                               6422                 :     /* Try to consume one win32_deadchild_waitinfo from the queue. */
                               6423                 :     if (!GetQueuedCompletionStatus(win32ChildQueue, &dwd, &key, &ovl, 0))
                               6424                 :     {
                               6425                 :         errno = EAGAIN;
                               6426                 :         return -1;
                               6427                 :     }
                               6428                 : 
                               6429                 :     childinfo = (win32_deadchild_waitinfo *) key;
                               6430                 :     pid = childinfo->procId;
                               6431                 : 
                               6432                 :     /*
                               6433                 :      * Remove handle from wait - required even though it's set to wait only
                               6434                 :      * once
                               6435                 :      */
                               6436                 :     UnregisterWaitEx(childinfo->waitHandle, NULL);
                               6437                 : 
                               6438                 :     if (!GetExitCodeProcess(childinfo->procHandle, &exitcode))
 5644 magnus                   6439 ECB             :     {
                               6440                 :         /*
                               6441                 :          * Should never happen. Inform user and set a fixed exitcode.
                               6442                 :          */
                               6443                 :         write_stderr("could not read exit code for process\n");
                               6444                 :         exitcode = 255;
                               6445                 :     }
                               6446                 :     *exitstatus = exitcode;
                               6447                 : 
                               6448                 :     /*
                               6449                 :      * Close the process handle.  Only after this point can the PID can be
                               6450                 :      * recycled by the kernel.
                               6451                 :      */
                               6452                 :     CloseHandle(childinfo->procHandle);
                               6453                 : 
 5624 bruce                    6454 EUB             :     /*
                               6455                 :      * Free struct that was allocated before the call to
                               6456                 :      * RegisterWaitForSingleObject()
                               6457                 :      */
                               6458                 :     pfree(childinfo);
 5644 magnus                   6459 ECB             : 
   25 tmunro                   6460                 :     return pid;
                               6461                 : }
                               6462                 : 
                               6463                 : /*
                               6464                 :  * Note! Code below executes on a thread pool! All operations must
                               6465                 :  * be thread safe! Note that elog() and friends must *not* be used.
                               6466                 :  */
   25 tmunro                   6467 EUB             : static void WINAPI
                               6468                 : pgwin32_deadchild_callback(PVOID lpParameter, BOOLEAN TimerOrWaitFired)
                               6469                 : {
                               6470                 :     /* Should never happen, since we use INFINITE as timeout value. */
                               6471                 :     if (TimerOrWaitFired)
                               6472                 :         return;
                               6473                 : 
                               6474                 :     /*
                               6475                 :      * Post the win32_deadchild_waitinfo object for waitpid() to deal with. If
                               6476                 :      * that fails, we leak the object, but we also leak a whole process and
                               6477                 :      * get into an unrecoverable state, so there's not much point in worrying
                               6478                 :      * about that.  We'd like to panic, but we can't use that infrastructure
                               6479                 :      * from this thread.
                               6480                 :      */
                               6481                 :     if (!PostQueuedCompletionStatus(win32ChildQueue,
                               6482                 :                                     0,
                               6483                 :                                     (ULONG_PTR) lpParameter,
                               6484                 :                                     NULL))
                               6485                 :         write_stderr("could not post child completion status\n");
   25 tmunro                   6486 ECB             : 
                               6487                 :     /* Queue SIGCHLD signal. */
                               6488                 :     pg_queue_signal(SIGCHLD);
                               6489                 : }
                               6490                 : #endif                          /* WIN32 */
                               6491                 : 
                               6492                 : /*
                               6493                 :  * Initialize one and only handle for monitoring postmaster death.
                               6494                 :  *
                               6495                 :  * Called once in the postmaster, so that child processes can subsequently
                               6496                 :  * monitor if their parent is dead.
                               6497                 :  */
                               6498                 : static void
 4293 heikki.linnakangas       6499 GIC         593 : InitPostmasterDeathWatchHandle(void)
                               6500                 : {
                               6501                 : #ifndef WIN32
                               6502                 : 
                               6503                 :     /*
                               6504                 :      * Create a pipe. Postmaster holds the write end of the pipe open
                               6505                 :      * (POSTMASTER_FD_OWN), and children hold the read end. Children can pass
                               6506                 :      * the read file descriptor to select() to wake up in case postmaster
                               6507                 :      * dies, or check for postmaster death with a (read() == 0). Children must
                               6508                 :      * close the write end as soon as possible after forking, because EOF
                               6509                 :      * won't be signaled in the read end until all processes have closed the
                               6510                 :      * write fd. That is taken care of in ClosePostmasterPorts().
                               6511                 :      */
                               6512             593 :     Assert(MyProcPid == PostmasterPid);
 2179 tgl                      6513             593 :     if (pipe(postmaster_alive_fds) < 0)
 4293 heikki.linnakangas       6514 UIC           0 :         ereport(FATAL,
                               6515                 :                 (errcode_for_file_access(),
                               6516                 :                  errmsg_internal("could not create pipe to monitor postmaster death: %m")));
                               6517                 : 
                               6518                 :     /* Notify fd.c that we've eaten two FDs for the pipe. */
 1140 tgl                      6519 GIC         593 :     ReserveExternalFD();
                               6520             593 :     ReserveExternalFD();
                               6521                 : 
                               6522                 :     /*
                               6523                 :      * Set O_NONBLOCK to allow testing for the fd's presence with a read()
                               6524                 :      * call.
                               6525                 :      */
 2179                          6526             593 :     if (fcntl(postmaster_alive_fds[POSTMASTER_FD_WATCH], F_SETFL, O_NONBLOCK) == -1)
 4293 heikki.linnakangas       6527 UIC           0 :         ereport(FATAL,
                               6528                 :                 (errcode_for_socket_access(),
                               6529                 :                  errmsg_internal("could not set postmaster death monitoring pipe to nonblocking mode: %m")));
                               6530                 : #else
                               6531                 : 
                               6532                 :     /*
                               6533                 :      * On Windows, we use a process handle for the same purpose.
                               6534                 :      */
                               6535                 :     if (DuplicateHandle(GetCurrentProcess(),
                               6536                 :                         GetCurrentProcess(),
                               6537                 :                         GetCurrentProcess(),
                               6538                 :                         &PostmasterHandle,
                               6539                 :                         0,
                               6540                 :                         TRUE,
                               6541                 :                         DUPLICATE_SAME_ACCESS) == 0)
                               6542                 :         ereport(FATAL,
                               6543                 :                 (errmsg_internal("could not duplicate postmaster handle: error code %lu",
                               6544                 :                                  GetLastError())));
                               6545                 : #endif                          /* WIN32 */
 4293 heikki.linnakangas       6546 GIC         593 : }
        

Generated by: LCOV version v1.16-55-g56c0a2a